You are on page 1of 190

1871-1U-06B(05-02).

fm 1 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE 05
SECTION

Toc of SCT
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . 05-02 [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-17
SYMPTOM AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
TROUBLESHOOTING SHIFT MECHANISM . . . . . . . 05-18
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . 05-03 TECHNICAL DATA . . . . . . . . . . 05-50
SERVICE TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . 05-60
Toc of SCT 05-02
05-02 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE CONTROL SYSTEM DTC P0819[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–38
WIRING DIAGRAM DTC P0882[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–40
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-02–2 DTC P0883[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–42
FOREWORD[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . 05-02–3 DTC P0942[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–42
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE ON-BOARD DTC P0961[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–44
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION DTC P0962[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–45
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-02–3 DTC P0963[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–47
DTC Reading Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . 05-02–3 DTC P0973[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–49
AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE DTC P0974[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–51
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-02–4 DTC P0976[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–53
DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–5 DTC P0977[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–55
DTC P0601[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–10 DTC P0978[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–57
DTC P0603[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–10 DTC P0979[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–59
DTC P0604[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–11 DTC P0980[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–61
DTC P0706[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–12 DTC P0981[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–63
DTC P0707[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–12 DTC P0982[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–64
DTC P0708[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–13 DTC P0983[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–66
DTC P0711[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–14 DTC P0984[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–68
DTC P0712[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–15 DTC P0985[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–69
DTC P0713[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–17 DTC P0986[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–71
DTC P0717[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–18 DTC P0997[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–73
DTC P0722[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–20 DTC P0998[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–74
DTC P0729[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–22 DTC P0999[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–76
DTC P0730[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–24 DTC P1700[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–78
DTC P0731[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–26 DTC P2757[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–79
DTC P0732[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–27 DTC P2758[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–80
DTC P0733[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–29 DTC P2762[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–82
DTC P0734[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–30 DTC P2763[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–83
DTC P0735[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–32 DTC P2764[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–85
DTC P0736[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–33 PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION
DTC P0780[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–35 [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-02–87
DTC P0817[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-02–36 Simulation Function Procedure . . . . . . 05-02–89

End of Toc
WM: AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE

05-02–1
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 2 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE CONTROL SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211800100

SHIFT SOLENOID A
TR SWITCH
(INTEGRATED IN TCM) B5

SHIFT SOLENOID B

B2

VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR


B19
TCC CONTROL
B20
SOLENOID
INPUT/TURBINE SPEED
B9
SENSOR
B12 B4

B13
LINE PRESSURE
CONTROL SOLENOID
B8 B3

TFT SENSOR B1

B7

SHIFT SOLENOID F
UP SWITCH B21
A3
B16
DOWN SWITCH
A4
M RANGE SWITCH
A7
TCM SHIFT SOLENOID C
B11
OTHER MODULE
CAN-H B10
A14
CAN
CAN-L
A6 SHIFT SOLENOID D
B17
OTHER MODULE
B18

SHIFT SOLENOID E
B14

B22
IG1

A11
B+ STARTER RELAY
A5

A1

GND BACK-UP LIGHT RELAY


A9 A13

D6U517CS7004
End Of Sie

05-02–2
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 3 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


FOREWORD[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211800200
• When the customer reports vehicle malfunction, check the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) indication, AT
warning indication, and diagnostic trouble code (DTC), then diagnose the malfunction according to following
flowchart.
— If a DTC exists, diagnose the applicable DTC inspection. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)
— If a DTC does not exist and the MIL and AT warning lights do not illuminate, diagnose the applicable
symptom troubleshooting. (See 05-03-4 SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM TABLE[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)

CUSTOMER ARRIVES

05-02
WARNING LIGHT* NO WARNING LIGHT*
ON/FLASHING WITH SYMPTOM

CHECK FOR CHECK DTC


PRIORITIZED DTC IGNITION ON TEST, IDLING
TEST
DTC

WITHOUT DTC

DIAGNOSE BY DTC
(ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC) DIAGNOSE BY SYMPTOM
DTC TABLE (SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING)
DTC 1. DIAGNOSTIC INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING 2. QUICK DIAGNOSIS CHART
FLOW 3. SYMPTOM
TROUBLESHOOTING

C6U0502W003

*: Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL), AT warning light


End Of Sie
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211800300
DTC Reading Procedure
1. Perform necessary vehicle preparation and visual inspection.
2. Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2.
3. After the vehicle is identified, select the following
items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
• When using the IDS (notebook PC)
1. Select the "Toolbox" tab.
2. Select "Self Test".
3. Select "Module".
4. Select "TCM".
• When using the PDS (pocket PC)
1. Select "Module Tests".
2. Select "TCM".
DLC-2
3. Select "Self Test".
acxuuw00000480
4. Then, select the “Retrieve CMDTCs” and perform
procedures according to directions on the M-MDS
screen.
5. Verify the DTC according to the directions on the screen.
• If any DTCs are displayed, perform troubleshooting according to the corresponding DTC inspection.
6. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the TCM. (See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
End Of Sie

05-02–3
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 4 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211800400

Caution
• After repairing a malfunction, perform this procedure to verify that the malfunction has been
corrected.
• When this procedure is carried out, be sure to drive the vehicle at lawful speed and pay attention
to the other vehicles.

1. Connect the M-MDS to the vehicle DLC-2.


2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following
items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
• When using the IDS (notebook PC)
1. Select “Toolbox” tab.
2. Select “Self Test”.
3. Select “Module”.
4. Select “TCM”.
• When using the PDS (pocket PC)
1. Select “Module Tests”.
2. Select “TCM”.
DLC-2
3. Select “Self Test”.
acxuuw00000480
3. Verify the DTC according to the directions on the
screen.
4. Press the clear button on the DTC screen to clear the DTC.
5. Perform the following trouble code inspections to ensure that the DTC has been resolved:
• For P0601, P0603, P0604, P0780, P0817, P0882, P0883, P0942, P0961, P0962, P0963, P0973, P0974,
P0976, P0977, P0978, P0979, P0980, P0981, P0982, P0983, P0984, P0985, P0986, P0997, P0998,
P0999, P1700, P2762, P2763, P2764
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
iii. Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure that the gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
iv. Go to Step 6.
• For P0706, P0707, P0708
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature.
iii. Depress the brake pedal, and shift the selector lever from P to D for 5 s or more.
iv. Go to Step 6.
• For P0711
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature.
iii. Drive the vehicle in D range for 15 min or more.
iv. Go to Step 6
• For P0712, P0713
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature.
iii. Drive the vehicle in D range for 150 s or more.
iv. Go to Step 6.
• For P0717, P0722
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature.
iii. Drive the vehicle, two separate times, in D range at 20 km/h {12 mph} or more for 150 s or more.
iv. Go to Step 6.
• For P0731, P0732
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature.
iii. Drive the vehicle in D range, at 10 km/h {6 mph} or more for 2 s or more.
iv. Go to Step 6.
• For P0733
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature.
iii. Drive the vehicle in D range, at 20 km/h {12 mph} or more for 2 s or more.
iv. Go to Step 6.
• For P0729, P0734, P0735
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature.

05-02–4
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 5 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


iii. Drive the vehicle in D range, at 40 km/h {25 mph} or more for 2 s or more.
iv. Go to Step 6.
• For P0736
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature.
iii. Drive the vehicle in R range.
iv. Go to Step 6.
• For P0819
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature.
iii. Drive the vehicle in M range, and shift the selector lever (operate up and down switches) between 1GR
to 6GR for 10 s or more.
iv. Go to Step 6.
• For P2757
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
iii. Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure that the gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR and TCC is
operated.
iv. Go to Step 6. 05-02
• For P2758
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature.
iii. Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure that the gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR and TCC is
no operated.
iv. Go to Step 6.
6. Gradually slow down and stop the vehicle.
7. Make sure that no DTCs occur.
End Of Sie
DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211800500

X: Available
AT
Monitor Memory
DTC No. Condition MIL warning DC Page
item function
light
(See 05-02-10
DTC
P0601 Flash ROM malfunction X X 1 CCM X P0601[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-10
DTC
P0603 EEPROM malfunction X X 1 – X P0603[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-11
DTC
P0604 RAM malfunction X X 1 CCM X P0604[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-12
DTC
Transaxle range (TR) switch circuit range/
P0706 X X 1 Other X P0706[AW6A-
performance
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-12
DTC
P0707 Transaxle range (TR) switch circuit low input X X 1 CCM X P0707[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-13
DTC
P0708 Transaxle range (TR) switch circuit high input X X 1 CCM X P0708[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-
EL])

05-02–5
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 6 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


AT
Monitor Memory
DTC No. Condition MIL warning DC Page
item function
light
(See 05-02-14
DTC
Transaxle fluid temperature (TFT) sensor
P0711 X X 1 CCM X P0711[AW6A-
malfunction (stuck)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-15
DTC
Transaxle fluid temperature (TFT) sensor circuit
P0712 X X 1 CCM X P0712[AW6A-
malfunction (short to ground)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-17
DTC
Transaxle fluid temperature (TFT) sensor circuit
P0713 X X 1 CCM X P0713[AW6A-
malfunction (short to power/open circuit)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-18
DTC
Input/turbine speed sensor circuit malfunction
P0717 X X 1 CCM X P0717[AW6A-
(open circuit/short circuit)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-20
DTC
Vehicle speed sensor (VSS) circuit malfunction
P0722 X X 1 CCM X P0722[AW6A-
(open circuit/short circuit)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-22
DTC
P0729 Gear 6 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected) X X 1 CCM X P0729[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-24
DTC
Gear 1 and engine brake operation incorrect
P0730 – X 1 CCM X P0730[AW6A-
(incorrect gear ratio detected)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-26
DTC
P0731 Gear 1 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected) X X 1 CCM X P0731[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-27
DTC
P0732 Gear 2 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected) X X 1 CCM X P0732[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-29
DTC
P0733 Gear 3 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected) X X 1 CCM X P0733[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-30
DTC
P0734 Gear 4 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected) X X 1 CCM X P0734[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-32
DTC
P0735 Gear 5 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected) X X 1 CCM X P0735[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-
EL])

05-02–6
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 7 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


AT
Monitor Memory
DTC No. Condition MIL warning DC Page
item function
light
(See 05-02-33
DTC
Gear reverse incorrect (incorrect gear ratio
P0736 – X 1 – X P0736[AW6A-
detected)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-35
DTC
Valve control solenoid circuit malfunction (valve
P0780 – X 1 CCM X P0780[AW6A-
stuck)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-36
DTC
Starter relay No.2 circuit malfunction (open
P0817 – X 1 – X P0817[AW6A-
circuit/short circuit)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-38 05-02
DTC
Manual switch/up switch/down switch circuit
P0819 – X 1 – X P0819[AW6A-
malfunction (open circuit/short circuit)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-40
DTC
P0882 TCM B+ low – – 1 CCM X P0882[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-42
DTC
P0883 TCM B+ high – – 1 CCM X P0883[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-42
DTC
Valve control solenoid circuit malfunction at D
P0942 X X 1 CCM X P0942[AW6A-
range (valve stuck)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-44
DTC
Line pressure control solenoid range/
P0961 X X 1 CCM X P0961[AW6A-
performance (stuck)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-45
DTC
Line pressure control solenoid circuit
P0962 X X 1 CCM X P0962[AW6A-
malfunction (short to ground/open circuit)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-47
DTC
Line pressure control solenoid circuit
P0963 X X 1 CCM X P0963[AW6A-
malfunction (short to power)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-49
DTC
Shift solenoid A circuit malfunction (short to
P0973 X X 1 CCM X P0973[AW6A-
ground)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-51
DTC
Shift solenoid A circuit malfunction (short to
P0974 X X 1 CCM X P0974[AW6A-
power/open circuit)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])

05-02–7
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 8 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


AT
Monitor Memory
DTC No. Condition MIL warning DC Page
item function
light
(See 05-02-53
DTC
Shift solenoid B circuit malfunction (short to
P0976 – X 1 – X P0976[AW6A-
ground)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-55
DTC
Shift solenoid B circuit malfunction (short to
P0977 – X 1 – X P0977[AW6A-
power/open circuit)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-57
DTC
P0978 Shift solenoid C range/performance (stuck) X X 1 CCM X P0978[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-59
DTC
Shift solenoid C circuit malfunction (short to
P0979 X X 1 CCM X P0979[AW6A-
ground/open circuit)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-61
DTC
Shift solenoid C circuit malfunction (short to
P0980 X X 1 CCM X P0980[AW6A-
power)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-63
DTC
P0981 Shift solenoid D range/performance (stuck) X X 1 CCM X P0981[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-64
DTC
Shift solenoid D circuit malfunction (short to
P0982 X X 1 CCM X P0982[AW6A-
ground/open circuit)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-66
DTC
Shift solenoid D circuit malfunction (short to
P0983 X X 1 CCM X P0983[AW6A-
power)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-68
DTC
P0984 Shift solenoid E range/performance (stuck) X X 1 CCM X P0984[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-69
DTC
Shift solenoid E circuit malfunction (short to
P0985 X X 1 CCM X P0985[AW6A-
ground/open circuit)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-71
DTC
Shift solenoid E circuit malfunction (short to
P0986 X X 1 CCM X P0986[AW6A-
power)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-73
DTC
P0997 Shift solenoid F range/performance (stuck) X X 1 CCM X P0997[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-
EL])

05-02–8
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 9 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


AT
Monitor Memory
DTC No. Condition MIL warning DC Page
item function
light
(See 05-02-74
DTC
Shift solenoid F circuit malfunction (short to
P0998 X X 1 CCM X P0998[AW6A-
ground/open circuit)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-76
DTC
Shift solenoid F circuit malfunction (short to
P0999 X X 1 CCM X P0999[AW6A-
power)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-78
DTC
Valve control solenoid circuit malfunction at R
P1700 – X 1 – X P1700[AW6A-
range (valve stuck)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-79 05-02
DTC
P2757 Torque converter clutch (TCC) stuck off X X 1 CCM X P2757[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-80
DTC
P2758 Torque converter clutch (TCC) stuck on X X 1 CCM X P2758[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-82
DTC
P2762 TCC control solenoid range/performance (stuck) X X 1 CCM X P2762[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-83
DTC
TCC control solenoid circuit malfunction (short to
P2763 X X 1 CCM X P2763[AW6A-
power)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 05-02-85
DTC
TCC control solenoid circuit malfunction (short to
P2764 X X 1 CCM X P2764[AW6A-
ground/open circuit)
EL, AW6AX-
EL])
(See 09-02D-7 DTC TABLE[MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
U0073 CAN BUS OFF
SYSTEM])
(See 09-02D-7 DTC TABLE[MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
U0100 TCM cannot receive any signals from PCM
SYSTEM])
TCM cannot receive any signals from ABS HU/ (See 09-02D-7 DTC TABLE[MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
U0121
CM SYSTEM])
TCM cannot receive any signals from instrument (See 09-02D-7 DTC TABLE[MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
U0140
cluster SYSTEM])
Invalid data received from ABS HU/CM (wheel (See 09-02D-7 DTC TABLE[MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
U0415
speed) SYSTEM])

MIL: Malfunction Indicator Lamp


DC: Drive Cycle
CCM: Comprehensive Component Monitor
– : N/A

End Of Sie

05-02–9
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 10 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


DTC P0601[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211800600

DTC P0601 Flash ROM malfunction


• Flash ROM (in TCM) internal circuit malfunction is detected.
Diagnostic support note:
• This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
DETECTION • The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
CONDITION • A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
POSSIBLE
• TCM malfunction
CAUSE

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available? (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
3 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0601 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
• Is same DTC present?
4 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?

End Of Sie
DTC P0603[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211800700

DTC P0603 EEPROM malfunction


• Different numeric values for EEPRROM and RAM (in TCM) are detected.
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION • The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
CONDITION • A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
POSSIBLE
• TCM malfunction
CAUSE

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?

05-02–10
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 11 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


STEP INSPECTION ACTION
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available? (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
3 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0603 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
• Is same DTC present?
4 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
05-02
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?

End Of Sie
DTC P0604[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211800800

DTC P0604 RAM malfunction


• RAM (in TCM) read/write error is detected.
Diagnostic support note:
• This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
DETECTION • The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
CONDITION • A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
POSSIBLE
• TCM malfunction
CAUSE

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available? (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
3 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0604 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
• Is same DTC present?
4 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?

End Of Sie

05-02–11
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 12 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


DTC P0706[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211800900

DTC P0706 Transaxle range (TR) switch circuit range/performance


• TCM detects stuck TR switch when ignition switch is at ON position.
Diagnostic support note:
• This is continuous monitor (CCM).
DETECTION • The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during first drive cycle.
CONDITION • A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
POSSIBLE • TR switch malfunction
CAUSE • TCM malfunction

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available? (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
3 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0706 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Drive the vehicle in each range (P— D).
• Is same DTC present?
4 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?

End Of Sie
DTC P0707[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211801000

DTC P0707 Transaxle range (TR) switch circuit low input


• TR switch position voltage input to TCM is less than 0.127 V when ignition switch is at ON position.
Diagnostic support note:
• This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
DETECTION • The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
CONDITION • A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
POSSIBLE • TR switch malfunction
CAUSE • TCM malfunction

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?

05-02–12
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 13 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


STEP INSPECTION ACTION
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available? (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
3 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0707 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Drive the vehicle in each range (P— D).
• Is same DTC present?
4 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) 05-02
• Are any DTCs present?

End Of Sie
DTC P0708[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211801100

DTC P0708 Transaxle range (TR) switch circuit high input


• TR switch position voltage input to TCM is 4.84 V or more when ignition switch is at ON position.
Diagnostic support note:
• This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
DETECTION • The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
CONDITION • A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
POSSIBLE • TR switch malfunction
CAUSE • TCM malfunction

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available? (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
3 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0708 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Drive the vehicle in each range (P— D).
• Is same DTC present?
4 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?

End Of Sie

05-02–13
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 14 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


DTC P0711[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211801200

DTC P0711 Transaxle fluid temperature (TFT) sensor malfunction (stuck)


• Change in ATF temperature cannot be detected for 15 min or more when driving in D range.
Diagnostic support note:
• This is continuous monitor (CCM).
DETECTION • The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during first drive cycle.
CONDITION • A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
• TFT sensor malfunction
POSSIBLE
• Damaged connector TCM
CAUSE
• TCM malfunction

TCM
COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR

COUPLE COMPONENT
3
B8 (+)

TFT B7 B8
SENSOR 4

3
B7 (-)

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 5.
• Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
• Remove the TCM.
(See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
• Are terminals normal?

05-02–14
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 15 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


STEP INSPECTION ACTION
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF TFT SENSOR Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT No Replace the TFT sensor, then go to the next step.
• Inspect for resistance between couple (See 05-17-13 TRANSAXLE FLUID TEMPERATURE
component terminals B8 and B7 (wiring (TFT) SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
harness-side). AW6AX-EL].)
• Is resistance as shown below?
— ATF temperature 10°C {50°F}: 5.62— 7.31
kilohms
— ATF temperature 25°C {77°F}: 3.5 kilohms
— ATF temperature 110°C {230°F}: 0.22—
0.27 kilohms
(See 05-17-12 TRANSAXLE FLUID
TEMPERATURE (TFT) SENSOR
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
5 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0711 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step. 05-02
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
• Is same DTC present?
6 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?

End Of Sie
DTC P0712[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211801300

DTC P0712 Transaxle fluid temperature (TFT) sensor circuit malfunction (short to ground)
• If the TCM detects the following condition for 10 s or more, the TCM determines that the TFT sensor circuit
has a malfunction.
— ATF temperature 200 °C {392 °F} or more
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION • This is continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION • The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during first drive cycle.
• A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
• TFT sensor malfunction
• Short to ground in wiring harness between TFT sensor and TCM terminal B8
POSSIBLE
• Short to ground in wiring harness between TFT sensor and TCM terminal B7
CAUSE
• Damaged connector TCM
• TCM malfunction

05-02–15
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 16 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


DTC P0712 Transaxle fluid temperature (TFT) sensor circuit malfunction (short to ground)

TCM
COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR

COUPLE COMPONENT
3
B8 (+)

TFT B7 B8
SENSOR 4

3
B7 (-)

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 5.
• Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
• Remove the TCM.
(See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
• Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF TFT SENSOR Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT No Replace the TFT sensor, then go to the next step.
• Inspect for resistance between couple (See 05-17-13 TRANSAXLE FLUID TEMPERATURE
component terminals B8 and B7 (wiring (TFT) SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
harness-side). AW6AX-EL].)
• Is resistance as shown below?
— ATF temperature 10°C {50°F}: 5.62— 7.31
kilohms
— ATF temperature 25°C {77°F}: 3.5 kilohms
— ATF temperature 110°C {230°F}: 0.22—
0.27 kilohms
(See 05-17-12 TRANSAXLE FLUID
TEMPERATURE (TFT) SENSOR
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
5 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0712 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
• Is same DTC present?

05-02–16
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 17 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


STEP INSPECTION ACTION
6 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?

End Of Sie
DTC P0713[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211801400

DTC P0713 Transaxle fluid temperature (TFT) sensor circuit malfunction (short to power/open circuit)
• If the TCM detects the following condition for 1 s or more, the TCM determines that the TFT sensor circuit
has a malfunction.
— Engine warmed-up
— ATF temperature less than –43 °C {–45.4 °F}
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION
CONDITION • This is continuous monitor (CCM).
• The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during first drive cycle.
• A PENDING CODE is not available. 05-02
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
• TFT sensor malfunction
• Open circuit in wiring harness between TFT sensor and TCM terminal B8
• Open circuit in wiring harness between TFT sensor and TCM terminal B7
POSSIBLE
• Short to power in wiring harness between TFT sensor and TCM terminal B8
CAUSE
• Short to power in wiring harness between TFT sensor and TCM terminal B7
• Damaged connector TCM
• TCM malfunction

TCM
COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR

COUPLE COMPONENT
3
B8 (+)

TFT B7 B8
SENSOR 4

3
B7 (-)

05-02–17
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 18 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 5.
• Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
• Remove the TCM.
(See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
• Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF TFT SENSOR Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT No Replace the TFT sensor, then go to the next step.
• Inspect for resistance between couple (See 05-17-13 TRANSAXLE FLUID TEMPERATURE
component terminals B8 and B7 (wiring (TFT) SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
harness-side). AW6AX-EL].)
• Is resistance as shown below?
— ATF temperature 10°C {50°F}: 5.62— 7.31
kilohms
— ATF temperature 25°C {77°F}: 3.5 kilohms
— ATF temperature 110°C {230°F}: 0.22—
0.27 kilohms
(See 05-17-12 TRANSAXLE FLUID
TEMPERATURE (TFT) SENSOR
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
5 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0713 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
• Is same DTC present?
6 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?

End Of Sie
DTC P0717[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211801500

DTC P0717 Input/turbine speed sensor circuit malfunction (open circuit/short circuit)
• When all conditions below are satisfied.
— D range of TR switch input
— Driving vehicle at vehicle speed of 20 km/h {12 mph} or more
— Vehicle speed signal 24 pulse input
— Input/turbine speed sensor signal not input
• Normal turbine speed signal is not input.
DETECTION
Diagnostic support note:
CONDITION
• This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
• The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
• A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.

05-02–18
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 19 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


DTC P0717 Input/turbine speed sensor circuit malfunction (open circuit/short circuit)
• Input/turbine speed sensor malfunction
• Open circuit between input/turbine speed sensor terminal B and TCM terminal B12
• Open circuit between input/turbine speed sensor terminal A and TCM terminal B13
• Short to ground in wiring harness between input/turbine speed sensor terminal B and TCM terminal B12
POSSIBLE
• Short to ground in wiring harness between input/turbine speed sensor terminal A and TCM terminal B13
CAUSE
• Short to power in wiring harness between input/turbine speed sensor terminal B and TCM terminal B12
• Short to power in wiring harness between input/turbine speed sensor terminal A and TCM terminal B13
• Damaged connector between input/turbine speed sensor and TCM
• TCM malfunction

TCM

COUPLE COMPONENT
3
6 7
B12 (+)
5
B

INPUT/TURBINE
05-02
4
SPEED SENSOR
A
5 3
6 7
B13 (-)

COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR


INPUT/TURBINE SPEED SENSOR
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

B A
B12 B13

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
• Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
• Remove the TCM.
(See05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
• Are terminals normal?

05-02–19
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 20 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


STEP INSPECTION ACTION
4 INSPECT CONTINUITY OF INPUT/TURBINE Yes Go to go to Step 8.
SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
• Inspect for continuity between the couple
component terminals B12 and B13 (wiring
harness-side).
• Is there continuity?
5 INSPECT TERMINAL INPUT/TURBINE SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
SENSOR FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
• Disconnect the input/turbine speed sensor
connector.
• Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
• Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
• Inspect for continuity between couple
component terminals (wiring harness-side) and
input/turbine speed sensor terminals (wiring
wiring harness-side).
— Terminal B12 and terminal B
— Terminal B13 and terminal A
• Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO CIRCUIT next step.
• Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the input/turbine speed sensor, then go to the next
component terminals (wiring harness-side). step.
— Terminal B12 and all terminals except B12/ (See05-17-17 INPUT/TURBINE SPEED SENSOR
B13 (wiring harness-side). REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
— Terminal B13 and all terminals except B12/
B13 (wiring harness-side).
• Is there continuity?
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0717 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
• Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?

End Of Sie
DTC P0722[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211801600

DTC P0722 Vehicle speed sensor (VSS) circuit malfunction (open circuit/short circuit)
• When all conditions below are satisfied.
— D range of TR switch input
— Driving vehicle at vehicle speed of 20 km/h {12 mph} or more
— Turbine speed signal 16 pulse input
— VSS signal not input
• Normal vehicle speed signal is not input for 0.1 s or more.
DETECTION
Diagnostic support note:
CONDITION
• This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
• The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
• A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.

05-02–20
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 21 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


DTC P0722 Vehicle speed sensor (VSS) circuit malfunction (open circuit/short circuit)
• VSS malfunction
• Open circuit between VSS terminal B and TCM terminal B19
• Open circuit between VSS terminal A and TCM terminal B20
• Short to ground in wiring harness between VSS terminal B and TCM terminal B19
POSSIBLE
• Short to ground in wiring harness between VSS terminal A and TCM terminal B20
CAUSE
• Short to power in wiring harness between VSS terminal B and TCM terminal B19
• Short to power in wiring harness between VSS terminal A and TCM terminal B20
• Damaged connector between VSS and TCM
• TCM malfunction

TCM

COUPLE COMPONENT
3
6 7
B19 (+)
5
B
05-02
VSS 4

A
5 3
6 7
B20 (-)

COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR


VSS WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

B19 B20
B A

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
• Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
• Remove the TCM.
(See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
• Are terminals normal?

05-02–21
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 22 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


STEP INSPECTION ACTION
4 INSPECT CONTINUITY OF VSS CIRCUIT Yes Go to go to Step 8.
• Inspect for continuity between the couple No Go to the next step.
component terminals B19 and B20 (wiring
harness-side).
• Is there continuity?
5 INSPECT TERMINAL VSS FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
• Disconnect the VSS connector.
• Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
• Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
• Inspect for continuity between couple
component terminals (wiring harness-side) and
VSS terminals (wiring harness-side).
— Terminal B19 and terminal B
— Terminal B20 and terminal A
• Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO CIRCUIT next step.
• Inspect for continuity between couple No Inspect the coupler component.
component terminals (wiring harness-side). • If the coupler component is normal, replace the
— Terminal B19 and all terminals except B19/ automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
B20 (wiring harness-side). (See05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/
— Terminal B20 and all terminals except B19/ INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
B20 (wiring harness-side).
• Is there continuity?
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0722 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
• Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?

End Of Sie
DTC P0729[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211801700

DTC P0729 Gear 6 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected)


• Incorrect gear ratio detected when following conditions are satisfied while driving:
Monitoring condition:
— ATF temperature 20 °C {68 °F} or more
— Driving in 6GR in D range
— Engine running
— Accelerator opening angle 10% or more
DETECTION — Vehicle speed signal normal
CONDITION Diagnostic support note:
• This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
• The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
• A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.

05-02–22
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 23 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


DTC P0729 Gear 6 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected)
• ATF level low
• Deteriorated ATF
• Shift solenoid C stuck
• Shift solenoid E stuck
• Line pressure control solenoid stuck
POSSIBLE
• Line pressure low
CAUSE
• B1 brake slipping
• C2 clutch slipping
• Control valve stuck
• Oil pump malfunction
• TCM malfunction

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded? 05-02
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
• Inspect the ATF condition. No Replace the transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
• Is it normal?
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
• Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 8.
• Warm up the ATX.
• Is the ATF level within the specification?
(See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
• Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 8.
• Measure the line pressures. Any ranges: Replace the control valve body, then go to
(See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM Step 8.
TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
• Are the line pressures within the INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
specifications?
6 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
• Measure the stall speed in D range. No Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/
TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Is the stall speed within the specification?
7 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID Yes Go to the next step.
• Inspect the shift solenoid. No Replace the control valve body.
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Is it normal?

05-02–23
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 24 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


STEP INSPECTION ACTION
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0729 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
at least 12 times for more than 1 s:
— ATF temperature (TFT PID): 20 °C {68 °F}
or more
— Drive in the D range, 6GR
— Accelerator opening angle (THOP PID):
10% or more
• Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?

End Of Sie
DTC P0730[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211801800

DTC P0730 Gear 1 and engine brake operation incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected)
• Engine braking is detected to be not operating when following conditions are satisfied while driving:
Monitoring condition:
— ATF temperature 20 °C {68 °F} or more
— Driving in 1GR in M range
— Engine running
— Accelerator opening angle 10% or more
DETECTION — Vehicle speed signal normal
CONDITION Diagnostic support note:
• This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
• The MIL does not illuminate if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
• A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
• ATF level low
• Deteriorated ATF
• Shift solenoid A stuck
• Shift solenoid B stuck
• Shift solenoid D stuck
• Shift solenoid E stuck
POSSIBLE • Shift solenoid F stuck
CAUSE • Line pressure control solenoid stuck
• Line pressure low
• C1 clutch slipping
• B2 brake slipping
• Control valve stuck
• Oil pump malfunction
• TCM malfunction

05-02–24
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 25 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
• Inspect the ATF condition. No Replace the transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
• Is it normal?
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
05-02
• Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 8.
• Warm up the ATX.
• Is the ATF level within the specification?
(See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
• Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 8.
• Measure the line pressures. Any ranges: Replace the control valve body, then go to
(See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM Step 8.
TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
• Are the line pressures within the INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
specifications?
6 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
• Measure the stall speed in D range. No Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/
TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Is the stall speed within the specification?
7 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID Yes Go to the next step.
• Inspect the shift solenoid. No Replace the control valve body.
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Is it normal?
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0730 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
at least 12 times for more than 1 s:
— ATF temperature (TFT PID):20 °C {68 °F} or
more
— Drive in the M range, 1GR
— Accelerator opening angle (THOP PID):10%
or more
• Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?

End Of Sie

05-02–25
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 26 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


DTC P0731[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211801900

DTC P0731 Gear 1 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected)


• Incorrect gear ratio detected when following conditions are satisfied while driving:
Monitoring condition:
— ATF temperature 20 °C {68 °F} or more
— Driving in 1GR in D range
— Engine running
— Accelerator opening angle 10% or more
DETECTION — Vehicle speed signal normal
CONDITION Diagnostic support note:
• This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
• The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
• A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
• ATF level low
• Deteriorated ATF
• Shift solenoid D stuck
• Shift solenoid E stuck
• Shift solenoid F stuck
POSSIBLE • Line pressure control solenoid stuck
CAUSE • Line pressure low
• C1 clutch slipping
• One-way clutch slipping
• Control valve stuck
• Oil pump malfunction
• TCM malfunction

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
• Inspect the ATF condition. No Replace the transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
• Is it normal?
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
• Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 8.
• Warm up the ATX.
• Is the ATF level within the specification?
(See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
• Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 8.
• Measure the line pressures. Any ranges: Replace the control valve body, then go to
(See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM Step 8.
TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
• Are the line pressures within the INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
specifications?
6 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
• Measure the stall speed in D range. No Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/
TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Is the stall speed within the specification?

05-02–26
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 27 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


STEP INSPECTION ACTION
7 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID Yes Go to the next step.
• Inspect the shift solenoid. No Replace the control valve body.
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Is it normal?
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0731 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
at least 12 times for more than 1 s:
— ATF temperature (TFT PID): 20 °C {68 °F}
or more
— Drive in the D range, 1GR
— Accelerator opening angle (THOP PID):
10% or more 05-02
• Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?

End Of Sie
DTC P0732[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211802000

DTC P0732 Gear 2 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected)


• Incorrect gear ratio detected when following conditions are satisfied while driving:
Monitoring condition:
— ATF temperature 20 °C {68 °F} or more
— Driving in 2GR in D range
— Engine running
— Accelerator opening angle 10% or more
DETECTION — Vehicle speed signal normal
CONDITION Diagnostic support note:
• This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
• The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
• A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
• ATF level low
• Deteriorated ATF
• Shift solenoid D stuck
• Shift solenoid E stuck
• Line pressure control solenoid stuck
POSSIBLE
• Line pressure low
CAUSE
• C1 clutch slipping
• B1 brake slipping
• Control valve stuck
• Oil pump malfunction
• TCM malfunction

05-02–27
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 28 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
• Inspect the ATF condition. No Replace the transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
• Is it normal?
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
• Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 8.
• Warm up the ATX.
• Is the ATF level within the specification?
(See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
• Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 8.
• Measure the line pressures. Any ranges: Replace the control valve body, then go to
(See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM Step 8.
TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
• Are the line pressures within the INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
specifications?
6 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
• Measure the stall speed in D range. No Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/
TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Is the stall speed within the specification?
7 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID Yes Go to the next step.
• Inspect the shift solenoid. No Replace the control valve body.
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Is it normal?
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0732 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
at least 12 times for more than 1 s:
— ATF temperature (TFT PID): 20 °C {68 °F}
or more
— Drive in the D range, 2GR
— Accelerator opening angle (THOP PID):
10% or more
• Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?

End Of Sie

05-02–28
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 29 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


DTC P0733[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211802100

DTC P0733 Gear 3 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected)


• Incorrect gear ratio detected when following conditions are satisfied while driving:
Monitoring condition:
— ATF temperature 20 °C {68 °F} or more
— Driving in 3GR in D range
— Engine running
— Accelerator opening angle 10% or more
DETECTION — Vehicle speed signal normal
CONDITION Diagnostic support note:
• This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
• The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
• A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
• ATF level low
• Deteriorated ATF 05-02
• Shift solenoid D stuck
• Shift solenoid F stuck
• Line pressure control solenoid stuck
POSSIBLE
• Line pressure low
CAUSE
• C1 clutch slipping
• C3 clutch slipping
• Control valve stuck
• Oil pump malfunction
• TCM malfunction

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
• Inspect the ATF condition. No Replace the transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
• Is it normal?
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
• Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 8.
• Warm up the ATX.
• Is the ATF level within the specification?
(See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
• Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 8.
• Measure the line pressures. Any ranges: Replace the control valve body, then go to
(See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM Step 8.
TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
• Are the line pressures within the INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
specifications?
6 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
• Measure the stall speed in D range. No Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/
TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Is the stall speed within the specification?

05-02–29
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 30 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


STEP INSPECTION ACTION
7 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID Yes Go to the next step.
• Inspect the shift solenoid. No Replace the control valve body.
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Is it normal?
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0733 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
at least 12 times for more than 1 s:
— ATF temperature (TFT PID): 20 °C {68 °F}
or more
— Drive in the D range, 3GR
— Accelerator opening angle (THOP PID):
10% or more
• Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?

End Of Sie
DTC P0734[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211802200

DTC P0734 Gear 4 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected)


• Incorrect gear ratio detected when following conditions are satisfied while driving:
Monitoring condition:
— ATF temperature 20 °C {68 °F} or more
— Driving in 4GR in D range
— Engine running
— Accelerator opening angle 10% or more
DETECTION — Vehicle speed signal normal
CONDITION Diagnostic support note:
• This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
• The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
• A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
• ATF level low
• Deteriorated ATF
• Shift solenoid E stuck
• Shift solenoid F stuck
• Line pressure control solenoid stuck
POSSIBLE
• Line pressure low
CAUSE
• C1 clutch slipping
• C2 clutch slipping
• Control valve stuck
• Oil pump malfunction
• TCM malfunction

05-02–30
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 31 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
• Inspect the ATF condition. No Replace the transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
• Is it normal?
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
05-02
• Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 8.
• Warm up the ATX.
• Is the ATF level within the specification?
(See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
• Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 8.
• Measure the line pressures. Any ranges: Replace the control valve body, then go to
(See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM Step 8.
TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
• Are the line pressures within the INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
specifications?
6 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
• Measure the stall speed in D range. No Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/
TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Is the stall speed within the specification?
7 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID Yes Go to the next step.
• Inspect the shift solenoid. No Replace the control valve body.
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE (See05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Is it normal?
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0734 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
at least 12 times for more than 1 s:
— ATF temperature (TFT PID): 20 °C {68 °F}
or more
— Drive in the D range, 4GR
— Accelerator opening angle (THOP PID):
10% or more
• Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?

End Of Sie

05-02–31
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 32 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


DTC P0735[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211802300

DTC P0735 Gear 5 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected)


• Incorrect gear ratio detected when following conditions are satisfied while driving:
Monitoring condition:
— ATF temperature 20 °C {68 °F} or more
— Driving in 5GR in D range
— Engine running
— Accelerator opening angle 10% or more
DETECTION — Vehicle speed signal normal
CONDITION Diagnostic support note:
• This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
• The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
• A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
• ATF level low
• Deteriorated ATF
• Shift solenoid C stuck
• Shift solenoid F stuck
• Line pressure control solenoid stuck
POSSIBLE
• Line pressure low
CAUSE
• C2 clutch slipping
• C3 clutch slipping
• Control valve stuck
• Oil pump malfunction
• TCM malfunction

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
• Inspect the ATF condition. No Replace the transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
• Is it normal?
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
• Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 8.
• Warm up the ATX.
• Is the ATF level within the specification?
(See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
• Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 8.
• Measure the line pressures. Any ranges: Replace the control valve body, then go to
(See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM Step 8.
TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
• Are the line pressures within the INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
specifications?
6 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
• Measure the stall speed in D range. No Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/
TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Is the stall speed within the specification?

05-02–32
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 33 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


STEP INSPECTION ACTION
7 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID Yes Go to the next step.
• Inspect the shift solenoid. No Replace the control valve body.
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Is it normal?
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0735 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
at least 12 times for more than 1 s:
— ATF temperature (TFT PID): 20 °C {68 °F}
or more
— Drive in the D range, 5GR
— Accelerator opening angle (THOP PID):
10% or more 05-02
• Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?

End Of Sie
DTC P0736[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211802400

DTC P0736 Gear reverse incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected)


• Incorrect gear ratio detected when following conditions are satisfied while driving:
Monitoring condition:
— ATF temperature 20 °C {68 °F} or more
— Driving in R position
— Engine running
— Accelerator opening angle 10% or more
DETECTION
— Vehicle speed signal normal
CONDITION
Diagnostic support note:
• The MIL does not illuminate if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
• A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
• ATF level low
• Deteriorated ATF
• Shift solenoid C stuck
• Shift solenoid D stuck
• Shift solenoid E stuck
• Shift solenoid F stuck
POSSIBLE
• Line pressure control solenoid stuck
CAUSE
• Line pressure low
• C3 clutch slipping
• B2 brake slipping
• Control valve stuck
• Oil pump malfunction
• TCM malfunction

05-02–33
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 34 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
• Inspect the ATF condition. No Replace the transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
• Is it normal?
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
• Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 8.
• Warm up the ATX.
• Is the ATF level within the specification?
(See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
• Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 8.
• Measure the line pressures. Any ranges: Replace the control valve body, then go to
(See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM Step 8.
TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
• Are the line pressures within the INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
specifications?
6 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
• Measure the stall speed in D range. No Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/
TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Is the stall speed within the specification?
7 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID Yes Go to the next step.
• Inspect the shift solenoid. No Replace the control valve body.
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Is it normal?
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0736 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
at least 12 times for more than 1 s:
— ATF temperature (TFT PID): 20 °C {68 °F}
or more
— Drive in the R position
— Accelerator opening angle (THOP PID):
10% or more
• Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?

End Of Sie

05-02–34
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 35 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


DTC P0780[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211802500

DTC P0780 Valve control solenoid circuit malfunction (valve stuck)


• Irregular shift control detected when following conditions are satisfied while driving:
Monitoring condition:
— ATF temperature 65 °C {149 °F} or more
— Engine running
— Driving in D range
— Counter drive gear (output) revolution speed 300 rpm or more (VSS)
DETECTION
CONDITION Diagnostic support note:
• This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
• The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
• A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
• Shift solenoid A stuck
• Shift solenoid B stuck
• Shift solenoid C stuck 05-02
• Shift solenoid D stuck
POSSIBLE
• Shift solenoid E stuck
CAUSE
• Shift solenoid F stuck
• Line pressure control solenoid stuck
• Control valve stuck
• TCM malfunction

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT SOLENOID VALVE Yes Go to the next step.
• Inspect the solenoid valve. No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Is it normal?
4 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0780 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
• Is same DTC present?
5 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?

End Of Sie

05-02–35
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 36 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


DTC P0817[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211802600

DTC P0817 Starter relay No.2 circuit malfunction (open circuit/short circuit)
• Any of the following conditions are met when ignition switch is at ON position:
— 0 V detected at TCM terminal A5 when in D range or R position
— 12 V detected at TCM terminal A5 when in P or N position
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION
CONDITION • The MIL does not illuminate if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
• A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
• Open circuit between starter relay No.2 terminal A and TCM terminal A5
• Short to ground in wiring harness between starter relay No.2 terminal A and TCM terminal A5
POSSIBLE • Short to power in wiring harness between starter relay No.2 terminal A and TCM terminal A5
CAUSE • Starter relay No.2 malfunction
• Damaged connector between starter relay No.2 and TCM
• TCM malfunction
STARTER RELAY IG1
TCM
6
7 7
C E

STARTER
RELAY NO.2 8
3
4
D A
7 7 5
9 10 11
A5

PCM

STARTER RELAY NO.2 WIRING TCM WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR


HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

E A

C A5

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available?

05-02–36
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 37 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


STEP INSPECTION ACTION
3 INSPECT VOLTAGE OF STARTER RELAY NO.2 Yes Go to go to Step 5.
CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
• Turn the ignition switch to the ON position
(engine off).
• Shift the selector lever to P or N position.
• Inspect for voltage TCM connector terminal A5
(wiring harness-side).
• Is the voltage 0 V?
4 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Go to Step 12.
CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 12.
• Disconnect the TCM connector.
• Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
• Are terminals normal?
5 INSPECT VOLTAGE OF STARTER RELAY NO.2 Yes Go to go to Step 12.
CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
• Shift the selector lever to D range or R position.
• Inspect for voltage TCM connector terminal A5 05-02
(wiring harness-side).
• Is the voltage B+?
6 INSPECT VOLTAGE OF STARTER RELAY NO.2 Yes Go to the next step.
TERMINAL E No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 12.
• Inspect for voltage starter relay No.2 terminal E
(wiring harness-side).
• Is the voltage B+?
7 INSPECT STARTER RELAY NO.2 FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 12.
• Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
• Disconnect the starter relay No.2 connector.
• Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
• Are terminals normal?
8 INSPECT STARTER RELAY NO.2 Yes Go to the next step.
• Inspect the starter relay No.2. No Replace the starter relay No.2, then go to Step 12.
(See 09-21-4 RELAY INSPECTION)
• Is the relay normal?
9 INSPECT STARTER RELAY NO.2 CIRCUIT FOR Yes Go to the next step.
OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the harness, then go to Step 12.
• Inspect for continuity between TCM connector
terminal A5 and starter relay No.2 terminal A
(wiring harness-side).
• Is there continuity?
10 INSPECT STARTER RELAY NO.2 CIRCUIT FOR Yes Repair or replace the harness, then go to Step 12.
SHORT TO GROUND No Go to the next step.
• Inspect for continuity between starter relay
No.2 terminal A (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.
• Is there continuity?
11 INSPECT STARTER RELAY NO.2 CIRCUIT FOR Yes Go to the next step.
SHORT TO POWER No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 12.
• Turn the ignition switch to the ON position
(engine off).
• Inspect the voltage at starter relay No.2
terminal A (wiring harness-side).
• Is the voltage 0 V?
12 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0817 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Drive the vehicle in D range.
• Is same DTC present?

05-02–37
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 38 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


STEP INSPECTION ACTION
13 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?

End Of Sie
DTC P0819[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211802700

DTC P0819 Manual switch/up switch/down switch circuit malfunction (open circuit/short circuit)
• Any of the following conditions are detected for 10 s or more when engine is running:
— 5 V detected at TCM terminals A7 when in any position except D or M range.
— 0 V detected at TCM terminal A7 when 5 V are input to TCM terminal A3 or A4.
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION
CONDITION • The MIL does not illuminate if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
• A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
• M range switch malfunction
• Up switch malfunction
• Down switch malfunction.
• Open circuit in wiring harness between selector lever component terminal A and TCM terminal A3
• Open circuit in wiring harness between selector lever component terminal B and TCM terminal A4
POSSIBLE • Open circuit in wiring harness between selector lever component terminal C and TCM terminal A7
CAUSE • Open circuit in wiring harness between selector lever component terminal D and ground
• Short to ground in wiring harness between selector lever component terminal A and TCM terminal A3
• Short to ground in wiring harness between selector lever component terminal B and TCM terminal A4
• Short to ground in wiring harness between selector lever component terminal C and TCM terminal A7
• Damaged connector between selector lever component and TCM
• TCM malfunction
7 TCM
SELECTOR LEVER
COMPONENT
UP
SWITCH 5 6 9 3 4
A A3

DOWN
SWITCH 5 6 9 3 4
B A4

M RANGE
5 SWITCH
5 6 9 3 4
D C A7
8

SELECTOR LEVER COMPONENT TCM WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR


WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

C A
A3 A4 A7
D B

05-02–38
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 39 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT VOLTAGE OF M RANGE SWITCH, UP Yes Go to go to Step 10.
SWITCH, AND DOWN SWITCH CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
• Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
(engine off)
• Shift the selector lever to any except M range.
• Inspect for voltage between TCM connector
terminals (wiring harness-side)
— Terminal A7 and ground (M range switch) 05-02
— Terminal A3 and ground (up switch)
— Terminal A4 and ground (down switch)
• Is the voltage B+?
4 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 10.
• Disconnect the TCM connector.
• Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
• Are terminals normal?
5 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 10.
• Disconnect the selector lever component
connector.
• Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
• Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT M RANGE SWITCH, UP SWITCH, AND Yes Repair or replace the harness, then go to Step 10.
DOWN SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO No Go to the next step.
GROUND
• Inspect for continuity between selector lever
component terminals (wiring harness-side) and
body ground.
— Terminal C and body ground (M range
switch)
— Terminal A and body ground (up switch)
— Terminal B and body ground (down switch)
• Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT M RANGE SWITCH, UP SWITCH, AND Yes Go to the next step.
DOWN SWITCH No Replace the selector lever, then go to Step 10.
• Inspect the M range switch, up switch, and (See 05-18-7 SELECTOR LEVER COMPONENT
down switch. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See 05-18-6 SELECTOR LEVER
COMPONENT INSPECTION)
• Are the switches normal?
8 INSPECT M RANGE SWITCH, UP SWITCH, AND Yes Go to the next step.
DOWN SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the harness, then go to Step 10.
• Inspect for continuity between selector lever
component terminal D (wiring harness-side)
and body ground.
• Is there continuity?

05-02–39
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 40 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


STEP INSPECTION ACTION
9 INSPECT M RANGE SWITCH, UP SWITCH, AND Yes Go to the next step.
DOWN SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the harness, then go to the next step.
• Inspect for continuity between TCM connector
terminals and selector lever component
terminals (wiring harness-side).
— Terminal A7 and terminal C (M range switch)
— Terminal A3 and terminal A (up switch)
— Terminal A4 and terminal B (down switch)
• Is there continuity?
10 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0819 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Drive the vehicle in M range, and change gears
by shifting the selector lever (operating the up
and down switches).
• Is same DTC present?
11 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?

End Of Sie
DTC P0882[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211802800

DTC P0882 TCM B+ low


• Voltage of less than 9 V detected at TCM terminals A1 and A11 when engine is running.
Diagnostic support note:
• This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
DETECTION • The MIL does not illuminate if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
CONDITION • A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light not illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
• Melted METER IG 15 A fuse
• Melted TCM 10 A fuse
• Open circuit in wiring harness between TCM 10 A fuse and TCM terminal A1
• Open circuit in wiring harness between METER IG 15 A fuse and TCM terminal A11
POSSIBLE
• Open circuit in wiring harness between TCM terminal A9 and body ground
CAUSE
• Short to ground in wiring harness between TCM 10 A fuse and TCM terminal A1
• Short to ground in wiring harness between ROOM 15 A fuse and TCM terminal A11
• Poor connection of TCM connector
• TCM malfunction
B+ IG1

TCM
TCM 10 A METER IG 15 A TCM WIRING HARNESS-
FUSE FUSE SIDE CONNECTOR
3 5 6 4 7
3
A11

A1

4 7 A11
5 6 A9
A1

7
8
A9

05-02–40
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 41 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT FUSE Yes Go to the next step.
• Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No • If fuse has been melted, go to the next step.
• Inspect METER IG 15 A fuse and TCM 10 A • If fuse is not installed correctly, install it correctly, then
fuse for malfunction. go to Step 9.
• Is it normal?
4 INSPECT VOLTAGE OF POWER SUPPLY Yes Go to go to Step 7.
CIRCUIT No Go to the next step. 05-02
• Turn the ignition switch to the ON position
(engine off).
• Inspect for voltage TCM connector terminal A1
and A11 (wiring harness-side).
• Is the voltage B+?
5 INSPECT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness and install new fuse,
SHORT TO GROUND then go to Step 9.
• Disconnect the positive battery cable. No Go to the next step.
• Inspect for continuity between the fuse
terminals and body ground.
— ROOM 15 A fuse terminal and body ground
— TCM 10 A fuse terminal and body ground
• Is there continuity?
6 INSPECT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN Yes Go to Step 8.
CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the harness, then go to Step 9.
• Inspect for continuity between TCM connector
terminals and fuse terminals (wiring harness-
side).
— Terminal A1 and TCM 10 A fuse
— Terminal A11 and METER IG 15 A fuse
• Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 9.
• Disconnect the TCM connector.
• Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
• Are terminals normal?
8 INSPECT GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the harness, then go to Step 9.
• Inspect for continuity between TCM connector
terminal A9 (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.
• Is there continuity?
9 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0882 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Start the engine and warm it up completely.
• Is same DTC present?
10 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?

End Of Sie
05-02–41
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 42 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


DTC P0883[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211802900

DTC P0883 TCM B+ high


• Voltage of 18 V or more detected at TCM terminals A1 and A11 when engine is running.
Diagnostic support note:
• This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
DETECTION • The MIL does not illuminate if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
CONDITION • A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light not illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
POSSIBLE • Generator malfunction
CAUSE • TCM malfunction

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available?
3 VERIFY DTC Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position, (See 01-02-13 DTC TABLE[L3 WITH TC].)
then to the ON position. No Go to the next step.
• Verify the DTC in the PCM memory.
• Are DTC P2504 output?
4 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0883 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Start the engine and warm it up completely.
• Is same DTC present?
5 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?

End Of Sie
DTC P0942[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211803000

DTC P0942 Valve control solenoid circuit malfunction at D range (valve stuck)
• Difference of less than 150 rpm between engine and turbine speeds detected when following conditions
are satisfied while driving:
Monitoring condition:
— Engine running
— Driving in D range
— Counter drive gear (output) revolution speed500 rpm or more (VSS)
DETECTION
CONDITION Diagnostic support note:
• This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
• The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
• A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.

05-02–42
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 43 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


DTC P0942 Valve control solenoid circuit malfunction at D range (valve stuck)
• Shift solenoid A stuck
• Shift solenoid B stuck
POSSIBLE • Shift solenoid C stuck
CAUSE • C1 clutch slipping
• Control valve stuck
• TCM malfunction

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available?
05-02
3 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
• Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 6.
• Measure the line pressures. Any ranges: Replace the control valve body, then go to
(See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM Step 6.
TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
• Are the line pressures within the INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
specifications?
4 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
• Measure the stall speed in D range. No Replace the automatic transaxle, then go the Step 6.
(See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/
TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Is the stall speed within the specification?
5 INSPECT SOLENOID VALVE Yes Go to the next step.
• Inspect the solenoid valve. No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Is it normal?
6 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0942 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
• Is same DTC present?
7 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?

End Of Sie

05-02–43
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 44 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


DTC P0961[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211803100

DTC P0961 Line pressure control solenoid range/performance (stuck)


• Feedback current corresponding to solenoid current command value is irregular when engine is running.
Diagnostic support note:
• This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
DETECTION • The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
CONDITION • A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
• ATF level low
• Deteriorated ATF
POSSIBLE
• Line pressure control solenoid stuck
CAUSE
• Control valve stuck
• TCM malfunction

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
• Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is light red or reddish brown, replace ATF,
• Inspect the ATF condition. then go to Step 7.
— Clear red: Normal (See 05-17-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
— Light red (pink): Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
— Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF
• Is it normal?
(See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
• Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 7.
• Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
• Is the ATF level within the specification? INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
• Start the engine. No • All ranges: Replace the oil pump or control valve body,
• Measure the line pressures. then go to the next step.
(See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM • Any ranges: Replace the ATX, then go the next step.
TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/
• Are the line pressures within the INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
specifications?
6 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE CONTROL Yes Go to the next step.
SOLENOID No Replace the control valve body.
• Inspect the line pressure control solenoid. (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Is it normal?

05-02–44
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 45 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


STEP INSPECTION ACTION
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0961 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
• Is same DTC present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?

End Of Sie
DTC P0962[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211803200
05-02
DTC P0962 Line pressure control solenoid circuit malfunction (short to ground/open circuit)
• Open or short circuit in line pressure control solenoid signal system (The solenoid circuit current value input
to the TCM is continuously less than 23 mA for 100 ms or more).
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION • This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION • The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
• A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
• Open circuit between line pressure control solenoid terminal B and TCM terminal B3
• Open circuit between line pressure control solenoid terminal A and TCM terminal B1
• Short to ground in wiring harness between line pressure control solenoid terminal B and TCM terminal B3
POSSIBLE
• Short to ground in wiring harness between line pressure control solenoid terminal A and TCM terminal B1
CAUSE
• Line pressure control solenoid malfunction
• Damaged connector between line pressure control solenoid and TCM
• TCM malfunction

05-02–45
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 46 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


DTC P0962 Line pressure control solenoid circuit malfunction (short to ground/open circuit)

TCM

COUPLE COMPONENT
3
6 7
B3 (+)
5
B

LINE PRESSURE 4
CONTROL SOLENOID
A
5 3
6 7
B1 (-)

COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR


LINE PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

B A

B1 B3

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
• Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
• Remove the TCM.
(See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
• Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to go to Step 8.
CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
• Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminals B3 and B1 (wiring
harness-side).
• Is resistance within 5.0— 5.6 ohms?
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)

05-02–46
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 47 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


STEP INSPECTION ACTION
5 INSPECT TERMINAL LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
CONTROL SOLENOID FOR POOR No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
CONNECTION
• Disconnect the line pressure control solenoid
connector.
• Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
• Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
• Inspect for continuity between couple
component terminals and line pressure control
solenoid terminals (wiring harness-side).
— Terminal B3 and terminal B
— Terminal B1 and terminal A
• Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND next step. 05-02
• Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminals (wiring harness-side). (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
— Terminal B3 and all terminals except B3/B1 INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
— Terminal B1 and all terminals except B3/B1
• Is there continuity?
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0962 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
• Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?

End Of Sie
DTC P0963[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211803300

DTC P0963 Line pressure control solenoid circuit malfunction (short to power)
• Short circuit in line pressure control solenoid signal system (The solenoid circuit current value input to the
TCM is continuously more than 1,333 mA for 100 ms or more).
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION • This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION • The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
• A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
• Short to power in wiring harness between line pressure control solenoid terminal B and TCM terminal B3
• Short to power in wiring harness between line pressure control solenoid terminal A and TCM terminal B1
POSSIBLE
• Line pressure control solenoid malfunction
CAUSE
• Damaged connector between line pressure control solenoid and TCM
• TCM malfunction

05-02–47
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 48 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


DTC P0963 Line pressure control solenoid circuit malfunction (short to power)

TCM

COUPLE COMPONENT
3
6
B3 (+)
5
B

LINE PRESSURE 4
CONTROL SOLENOID
A
5 3
6
B1 (-)

COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR


LINE PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

B A

B1 B3

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
• Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
• Remove the TCM.
(See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
• Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to go to Step 7.
CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
• Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminals B3 and B1 (wiring
harness-side).
• Is resistance within 5.0— 5.6 ohms?
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)

05-02–48
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 49 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


STEP INSPECTION ACTION
5 INSPECT TERMINAL LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
CONTROL SOLENOID FOR POOR No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
CONNECTION
• Disconnect the line pressure control solenoid
connector.
• Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
• Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER next step.
• Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminals (wiring harness-side). (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
— Terminal B3 and all terminals except B3/B1 INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
— Terminal B1 and all terminals except B3/B1
• Is there continuity?
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0963 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].) 05-02
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
• Is same DTC present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?

End Of Sie
DTC P0973[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211803400

DTC P0973 Shift solenoid A circuit malfunction (short to ground)


• Short to ground in shift solenoid A signal system (The solenoid remains off continuously for 100 ms or
more even if the TCM sends a solenoid on command).
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION • This is continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION • The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during first drive cycle.
• A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
• Short to ground in wiring harness between shift solenoid A terminal A and TCM terminal B5
POSSIBLE • Shift solenoid A malfunction
CAUSE • Damaged connector between shift solenoid A and TCM
• TCM malfunction

05-02–49
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 50 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


DTC P0973 Shift solenoid A circuit malfunction (short to ground)
TCM

COUPLE COMPONENT
3
6 7
B5
5
4 A

SHIFT SOLENOID A

COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR

SHIFT SOLENOID A WIRING


HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

A
B5

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
• Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
• Remove the TCM.
(See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
• Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID A Yes Go to go to Step 7.
CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
• Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminal B5 (wiring harness-side)
and ground.
• Is resistance within 11— 15 ohms?
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID A FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
• Disconnect the shift solenoid A connector.
• Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
• Are terminals normal?

05-02–50
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 51 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


STEP INSPECTION ACTION
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND next step.
• Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminal B5 and all terminals (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
except B5 (wiring harness-side). INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Is there continuity?
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0973 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
• Is same DTC present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed. 05-02
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?

End Of Sie
DTC P0974[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211803500

DTC P0974 Shift solenoid A circuit malfunction (short to power/open circuit)


• Open or short circuit in shift solenoid A signal system (The solenoid remains on continuously for 100 ms or
more even if the TCM sends a solenoid off command).
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION • This is continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION • The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during first drive cycle.
• A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
• Open circuit in wiring harness between shift solenoid A terminal A and TCM terminal B5
• Short to power in wiring harness between shift solenoid A terminal A and TCM terminal B5
POSSIBLE
• Shift solenoid A malfunction
CAUSE
• Damaged connector between shift solenoid A and TCM
• TCM malfunction

05-02–51
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 52 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


DTC P0974 Shift solenoid A circuit malfunction (short to power/open circuit)
TCM

COUPLE COMPONENT
3
6 7
B5
5
4 A

SHIFT SOLENOID A

COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR

SHIFT SOLENOID A WIRING


HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

A
B5

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
• Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
• Remove the TCM.
(See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
• Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID A Yes Go to go to Step 8.
CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
• Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminal B5 (wiring harness-side)
and ground.
• Is resistance within 11— 15 ohms?
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID A FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
• Disconnect the shift solenoid A connector.
• Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
• Are terminals normal?

05-02–52
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 53 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


STEP INSPECTION ACTION
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
• Inspect for continuity between couple
component terminal B5 (wiring harness-side)
and shift solenoid A terminal A wiring harness-
side).
• Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER next step.
• Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminal B5 and all terminals (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
except B5 (wiring harness-side). INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Is there continuity?
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0974 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M- 05-02
MDS.
• Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
• Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?

End Of Sie
DTC P0976[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211803600

DTC P0976 Shift solenoid B circuit malfunction (short to ground)


• Short to ground in shift solenoid B signal system (The solenoid remains off continuously for 100 ms or
more even if the TCM sends a solenoid on command).
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION • The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during first drive cycle.
CONDITION • A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
• Short to ground in wiring harness between shift solenoid B terminal A and TCM terminal B2
POSSIBLE • Shift solenoid B malfunction
CAUSE • Damaged connector between shift solenoid B and TCM
• TCM malfunction

05-02–53
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 54 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


DTC P0976 Shift solenoid B circuit malfunction (short to ground)

TCM

COUPLE COMPONENT
3
6
B2
5
4 A

SHIFT SOLENOID B

COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR

SHIFT SOLENOID B WIRING


HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

B2

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
• Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
• Remove the TCM.
(See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
• Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID B Yes Go to go to Step 7.
CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
• Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminal B2 (wiring harness-side)
and ground.
• Is resistance within 11— 15 ohms?
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)

05-02–54
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 55 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


STEP INSPECTION ACTION
5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID B FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
• Disconnect the shift solenoid B connector.
• Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
• Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND next step.
• Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminal B2 and all terminals (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
except B2 (wiring harness-side). INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Is there continuity?
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0976 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS. 05-02
• Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
• Is same DTC present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?

End Of Sie
DTC P0977[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211803700

DTC P0977 Shift solenoid B circuit malfunction (short to power/open circuit)


• Open or short circuit in shift solenoid B signal system (The solenoid remains on continuously for 100 ms or
more even if the TCM sends a solenoid off command).
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION • The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during first drive cycle.
CONDITION • A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
• Open circuit in wiring harness between shift solenoid B terminal A and TCM terminal B2
• Short to power in wiring harness between shift solenoid B terminal A and TCM terminal B2
POSSIBLE
• Shift solenoid B malfunction
CAUSE
• Damaged connector between shift solenoid A and TCM
• TCM malfunction

05-02–55
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 56 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


DTC P0977 Shift solenoid B circuit malfunction (short to power/open circuit)

TCM

COUPLE COMPONENT
3
6 7
B2
5
4 A

SHIFT SOLENOID B

COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR

SHIFT SOLENOID B WIRING


HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

B2

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
• Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
• Remove the TCM.
(See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
• Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID B Yes Go to go to Step 8.
CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
• Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminal B2 (wiring harness-side)
and ground.
• Is resistance within 11— 15 ohms?
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)

05-02–56
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 57 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


STEP INSPECTION ACTION
5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID B FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
• Disconnect the shift solenoid B connector.
• Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
• Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
• Inspect for continuity between couple
component terminal B2 (wiring harness-side)
and shift solenoid A terminal A wiring harness-
side).
• Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER next step.
• Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminal B2 and all terminals (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
except B2 (wiring harness-side). INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) 05-02
• Is there continuity?
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0977 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
• Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
• Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?

End Of Sie
DTC P0978[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211803800

DTC P0978 Shift solenoid C range/performance (stuck)


• Feedback current corresponding to solenoid current command value is irregular when engine is running.
Diagnostic support note:
• This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
DETECTION • The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
CONDITION • A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
• ATF level low
• Deteriorated ATF
POSSIBLE
• Shift solenoid C stuck
CAUSE
• Control valve stuck
• TCM malfunction

05-02–57
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 58 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
• Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is light red or reddish brown, replace ATF,
• Inspect the ATF condition. then go to Step 7.
— Clear red: Normal (See 05-17-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
— Light red (pink): Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
— Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF
• Is it normal?
(See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
• Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 7.
• Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
• Is the ATF level within the specification? INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
• Start the engine. No • All ranges: Replace the oil pump or control valve body,
• Measure the line pressures. then go to the next step.
(See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM • Any ranges: Replace the ATX, then go the next step.
TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/
• Are the line pressures within the INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
specifications?
6 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID Yes Go to the next step.
• Inspect the shift solenoid. No Replace the control valve body.
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Is it normal?
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0978 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
• Is same DTC present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?

End Of Sie

05-02–58
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 59 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


DTC P0979[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211803900

DTC P0979 Shift solenoid C circuit malfunction (short to ground/open circuit)


• Open or short circuit in shift solenoid C signal system (The solenoid circuit current value input to the TCM is
continuously less than 23 mA for 100 ms or more).
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION • This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION • The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
• A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
• Open circuit between shift solenoid C terminal B and TCM terminal B11
• Open circuit between shift solenoid C terminal A and TCM terminal B10
• Short to ground in wiring harness between shift solenoid C terminal B and TCM terminal B11
POSSIBLE
• Short to ground in wiring harness between shift solenoid C terminal A and TCM terminal B10
CAUSE
• Shift solenoid C malfunction
• Damaged connector between line pressure control solenoid and TCM
• TCM malfunction 05-02
TCM

COUPLE COMPONENT
3
6 7
B11 (+)
5
B

SHIFT SOLENOID C 4

A
5 3
6 7
B10 (-)

COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR


SHIFT SOLENOID C WIRING
HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

B A

B10 B11

05-02–59
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 60 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
• Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
• Remove the TCM.
(See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
• Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID C Yes Go to go to Step 8.
CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
• Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminals B11 and B10 (wiring
harness-side).
• Is resistance within 5.0— 5.6 ohms?
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID C FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
• Disconnect the shift solenoid C connector.
• Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
• Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
• Inspect for continuity between couple
component terminals and line pressure control
solenoid terminals (wiring harness-side).
— Terminal B11 and terminal B
— Terminal B10 and terminal A
• Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND next step.
• Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminals (wiring harness-side). (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
— Terminal B11 and all terminals except B11/ INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
B10
— Terminal B10 and all terminals except B11/
B10
• Is there continuity?
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0979 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
• Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?
End Of Sie

05-02–60
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 61 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


DTC P0980[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211804000

DTC P0980 Shift solenoid C circuit malfunction (short to power)


• Short circuit in shift solenoid C signal system (The solenoid circuit current value input to the TCM is
continuously more than 1,333 mA for 100 ms or more).
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION • This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION • The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
• A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
• Short to power in wiring harness between shift solenoid C terminal B and TCM terminal B11
• Short to power in wiring harness between shift solenoid C terminal A and TCM terminal B10
POSSIBLE
• Shift solenoid C malfunction
CAUSE
• Damaged connector between line pressure control solenoid and TCM
• TCM malfunction

TCM 05-02

COUPLE COMPONENT
3
6
B11 (+)
5
B

SHIFT SOLENOID C 4

A
5 3
6
B10 (-)

COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR


SHIFT SOLENOID C WIRING
HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

B A

B10 B11

05-02–61
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 62 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
• Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
• Remove the TCM.
(See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
• Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID C Yes Go to go to Step 7.
CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
• Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminals B11 and B10 (wiring
harness-side).
• Is resistance within 5.0— 5.6 ohms?
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID C FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
• Disconnect the shift solenoid C connector.
• Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
• Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER next step.
• Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminals (wiring harness-side). (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
— Terminal B11 and all terminals except B11/ INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
B10
— Terminal B10 and all terminals except B11/
B10
• Is there continuity?
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0980 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
• Is same DTC present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?

End Of Sie

05-02–62
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 63 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


DTC P0981[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211804100

DTC P0981 Shift solenoid D range/performance (stuck)


• Feedback current corresponding to solenoid current command value is irregular when engine is running.
Diagnostic support note:
• This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
DETECTION • The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
CONDITION • A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
• ATF level low
• Deteriorated ATF
POSSIBLE
• Shift solenoid D stuck
CAUSE
• Control valve stuck
• TCM malfunction

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION 05-02
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
• Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is light red or reddish brown, replace ATF,
• Inspect the ATF condition. then go to Step 7.
— Clear red: Normal (See 05-17-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
— Light red (pink): Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
— Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF
• Is it normal?
(See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
• Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 7.
• Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
• Is the ATF level within the specification? INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
• Start the engine. No • All ranges: Replace the oil pump or control valve body,
• Measure the line pressures. then go to the next step.
(See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM • Any ranges: Replace the ATX, then go the next step.
TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/
• Are the line pressures within the INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
specifications?
6 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID Yes Go to the next step.
• Inspect the shift solenoid. No Replace the control valve body.
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Is it normal?
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0981 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
• Is same DTC present?

05-02–63
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 64 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


STEP INSPECTION ACTION
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?

End Of Sie
DTC P0982[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211804200

DTC P0982 Shift solenoid D circuit malfunction (short to ground/open circuit)


• Open or short circuit in shift solenoid D signal system (The solenoid circuit current value input to the TCM is
continuously less than 23 mA for 100 ms or more).
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION • This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION • The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
• A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
• Open circuit between shift solenoid D terminal B and TCM terminal B17
• Open circuit between shift solenoid D terminal A and TCM terminal B18
• Short to ground in wiring harness between shift solenoid D terminal B and TCM terminal B17
POSSIBLE
• Short to ground in wiring harness between shift solenoid D terminal A and TCM terminal B18
CAUSE
• Shift solenoid D malfunction
• Damaged connector between line pressure control solenoid and TCM
• TCM malfunction

TCM

COUPLE COMPONENT
6 7 3
B17 (+)
5
B

SHIFT SOLENOID D 4

A
5 6 7 3
B18 (-)

COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR


SHIFT SOLENOID D WIRING
HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

B A
B17 B18

05-02–64
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 65 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
• Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
• Remove the TCM.
(See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion). 05-02
• Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID D Yes Go to go to Step 8.
CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
• Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminals B17 and B18 (wiring
harness-side).
• Is resistance within 5.0— 5.6 ohms?
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID D FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
• Disconnect the shift solenoid D connector.
• Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
• Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
• Inspect for continuity between couple
component terminals and line pressure control
solenoid terminals (wiring harness-side).
— Terminal B17 and terminal B
— Terminal B18 and terminal A
• Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND next step.
• Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminals (wiring harness-side). (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
— Terminal B17 and all terminals except B17/ INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
B18
— Terminal B18 and all terminals except B17/
B18
• Is there continuity?
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0982 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
• Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?
End Of Sie

05-02–65
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 66 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


DTC P0983[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211804300

DTC P0983 Shift solenoid D circuit malfunction (short to power)


• Short circuit in shift solenoid D signal system (The solenoid circuit current value input to the TCM is
continuously more than 1,333 mA for 100 ms or more).
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION • This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION • The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
• A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
• Short to power in wiring harness between shift solenoid D terminal B and TCM terminal B17
• Short to power in wiring harness between shift solenoid D terminal A and TCM terminal B18
POSSIBLE
• Shift solenoid D malfunction
CAUSE
• Damaged connector between line pressure control solenoid and TCM
• TCM malfunction

TCM

COUPLE COMPONENT
3
6
B17 (+)
5
B
4
SHIFT SOLENOID D

A
5 3
6
B18 (-)

COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR


SHIFT SOLENOID D WIRING
HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

B A
B17 B18

05-02–66
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 67 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
• Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
• Remove the TCM.
(See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion). 05-02
• Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID D Yes Go to go to Step 7.
CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
• Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminals B17 and B18 (wiring
harness-side).
• Is resistance within 5.0— 5.6 ohms?
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID D FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
• Disconnect the shift solenoid D connector.
• Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
• Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER next step.
• Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminals (wiring harness-side). (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
— Terminal B17 and all terminals except B17/ INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
B18
— Terminal B18 and all terminals except B17/
B18
• Is there continuity?
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0983 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
• Is same DTC present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?

End Of Sie

05-02–67
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 68 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


DTC P0984[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211804400

DTC P0984 Shift solenoid E range/performance (stuck)


• Feedback current corresponding to solenoid current command value is irregular when engine is running.
Diagnostic support note:
• This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
DETECTION • The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
CONDITION • A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
• ATF level low
• Deteriorated ATF
POSSIBLE
• Shift solenoid E stuck
CAUSE
• Control valve stuck
• TCM malfunction

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
• Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is light red or reddish brown, replace ATF,
• Inspect the ATF condition. then go to Step 7.
— Clear red: Normal (See 05-17-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
— Light red (pink): Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
— Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF
• Is it normal?
(See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
• Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 7.
• Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
• Is the ATF level within the specification? INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
• Start the engine. No • All ranges: Replace the oil pump or control valve body,
• Measure the line pressures. then go to the next step.
(See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM • Any ranges: Replace the ATX, then go the next step.
TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/
• Are the line pressures within the INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
specifications?
6 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID Yes Go to the next step.
• Inspect the shift solenoid. No Replace the control valve body.
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE (See05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Is it normal?
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0984 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
• Is same DTC present?

05-02–68
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 69 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


STEP INSPECTION ACTION
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?

End Of Sie
DTC P0985[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211804500

DTC P0985 Shift solenoid E circuit malfunction (short to ground/open circuit)


• Open or short circuit in shift solenoid E signal system (The solenoid circuit current value input to the TCM is
continuously less than 23 mA for 100 ms or more).
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION • This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION • The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
• A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates. 05-02
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
• Open circuit between shift solenoid E terminal B and TCM terminal B14
• Open circuit between shift solenoid E terminal A and TCM terminal B22
• Short to ground in wiring harness between shift solenoid E terminal B and TCM terminal B14
POSSIBLE
• Short to ground in wiring harness between shift solenoid E terminal A and TCM terminal B22
CAUSE
• Shift solenoid E malfunction
• Damaged connector between line pressure control solenoid and TCM
• TCM malfunction

TCM

COUPLE COMPONENT
6 7 3
B14 (+)
5
B

SHIFT SOLENOID E 4

A
5 6 7 3
B22 (-)

COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR


SHIFT SOLENOID E WIRING
HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

B22
B A
B14

05-02–69
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 70 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
• Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
• Remove the TCM.
(See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
• Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID E Yes Go to go to Step 8.
CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
• Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminals B14 and B22 (wiring
harness-side).
• Is resistance within 5.0— 5.6 ohms?
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID E FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
• Disconnect the shift solenoid E connector.
• Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
• Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
• Inspect for continuity between couple
component terminals and line pressure control
solenoid terminals (wiring harness-side).
— Terminal B14 and terminal B
— Terminal B22 and terminal A
• Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND next step.
• Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminals (wiring harness-side). (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
— Terminal B14 and all terminals except B14/ INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
B22
— Terminal B22 and all terminals except B14/
B22
• Is there continuity?
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0985 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
• Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?
End Of Sie

05-02–70
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 71 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


DTC P0986[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211804600

DTC P0986 Shift solenoid E circuit malfunction (short to power)


• Short circuit in shift solenoid E signal system (The solenoid circuit current value input to the TCM is
continuously more than 1,333 mA for 100 ms or more).
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION • This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION • The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
• A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
• Short to power in wiring harness between shift solenoid E terminal B and TCM terminal B14
• Short to power in wiring harness between shift solenoid E terminal A and TCM terminal B22
POSSIBLE
• Shift solenoid E malfunction
CAUSE
• Damaged connector between line pressure control solenoid and TCM
• TCM malfunction

TCM 05-02

COUPLE COMPONENT
3
6
B14 (+)
5
B
4
SHIFT SOLENOID E

A
5 3
6
B22 (-)

COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR


SHIFT SOLENOID E WIRING
HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

B22
B A
B14

05-02–71
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 72 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
• Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
• Remove the TCM.
(See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
• Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID E Yes Go to go to Step 7.
CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
• Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminals B14 and B22 (wiring
harness-side).
• Is resistance within 5.0— 5.6 ohms?
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID E FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
• Disconnect the shift solenoid E connector.
• Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
• Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER next step.
• Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminals (wiring harness-side). (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
— Terminal B14 and all terminals except B14/ INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
B22
— Terminal B22 and all terminals except B14/
B22
• Is there continuity?
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0986 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
• Is same DTC present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?

End Of Sie

05-02–72
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 73 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


DTC P0997[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211804700

DTC P0997 Shift solenoid F range/performance (stuck)


• Feedback current corresponding to solenoid current command value is irregular when engine is running.
Diagnostic support note:
• This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
DETECTION • The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
CONDITION • A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
• ATF level low
• Deteriorated ATF
POSSIBLE
• Shift solenoid F stuck
CAUSE
• Control valve stuck
• TCM malfunction

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION 05-02
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
• Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is light red or reddish brown, replace ATF,
• Inspect the ATF condition. then go to Step 7.
— Clear red: Normal (See 05-17-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
— Light red (pink): Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
— Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF
• Is it normal?
(See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
• Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 7.
• Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
• Is the ATF level within the specification? INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
• Start the engine. No • All ranges: Replace the oil pump or control valve body,
• Measure the line pressures. then go to the next step.
(See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM • Any ranges: Replace the ATX, then go the next step.
TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/
• Are the line pressures within the INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
specifications?
6 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID Yes Go to the next step.
• Inspect the shift solenoid. No Replace the control valve body.
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE (See05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Is it normal?
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0997 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
• Is same DTC present?

05-02–73
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 74 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


STEP INSPECTION ACTION
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?

End Of Sie
DTC P0998[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211804800

DTC P0998 Shift solenoid F circuit malfunction (short to ground/open circuit)


• Open or short circuit in shift solenoid F signal system (The solenoid circuit current value input to the TCM is
continuously less than 23 mA for 100 ms or more).
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION • This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION • The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
• A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
• Open circuit between shift solenoid F terminal B and TCM terminal B21
• Open circuit between shift solenoid F terminal A and TCM terminal B16
• Short to ground in wiring harness between shift solenoid F terminal B and TCM terminal B21
POSSIBLE
• Short to ground in wiring harness between shift solenoid F terminal A and TCM terminal B16
CAUSE
• Shift solenoid F malfunction
• Damaged connector between line pressure control solenoid and TCM
• TCM malfunction

TCM

COUPLE COMPONENT
3
6 7
B21 (+)
5
B
4
SHIFT SOLENOID F

A
5 6 7 3
B16 (-)

COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR


SHIFT SOLENOID F WIRING
HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

B21
B A
B16

05-02–74
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 75 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
• Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
• Remove the TCM.
(See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion). 05-02
• Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID F Yes Go to go to Step 8.
CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
• Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminals B21 and B16 (wiring
harness-side).
• Is resistance within 5.0— 5.6 ohms?
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID F FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
• Disconnect the shift solenoid F connector.
• Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
• Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
• Inspect for continuity between couple
component terminals and line pressure control
solenoid terminals (wiring harness-side).
— Terminal B21 and terminal B
— Terminal B16 and terminal A
• Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND next step.
• Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminals (wiring harness-side). (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
— Terminal B21 and all terminals except B21/ INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
B16
— Terminal B16 and all terminals except B21/
B16
• Is there continuity?
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0998 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
• Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?
End Of Sie

05-02–75
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 76 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


DTC P0999[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211804900

DTC P0999 Shift solenoid F circuit malfunction (short to power)


• Short circuit in shift solenoid F signal system (The solenoid circuit current value input to the TCM is
continuously more than 1,333 mA for 100 ms or more).
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION • This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION • The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
• A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
• Short to power in wiring harness between shift solenoid F terminal B and TCM terminal B21
• Short to power in wiring harness between shift solenoid F terminal A and TCM terminal B16
POSSIBLE
• Shift solenoid F malfunction
CAUSE
• Damaged connector between line pressure control solenoid and TCM
• TCM malfunction

TCM

COUPLE COMPONENT
3
6
B21 (+)
5
B

SHIFT SOLENOID F 4

A
5 3
6
B16 (-)

COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR


SHIFT SOLENOID F WIRING
HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

B21
B A
B16

05-02–76
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 77 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
• Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
• Remove the TCM.
(See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion). 05-02
• Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID F Yes Go to go to Step 7.
CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
• Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminals B21 and B16 (wiring
harness-side).
• Is resistancewithin 5.0— 5.6 ohms?
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID F FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
• Disconnect the shift solenoid F connector.
• Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
• Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER next step.
• Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminals (wiring harness-side). (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
— Terminal B21 and all terminals except B21/ INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
B16
— Terminal B16 and all terminals except B21/
B16
• Is there continuity?
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0999 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
• Is same DTC present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?

End Of Sie

05-02–77
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 78 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


DTC P1700[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211805000

DTC P1700 Valve control solenoid circuit malfunction at R range (valve stuck)
• When all of the following conditions are met while driving in R position and the counter drive gear (output}
speed is 500 rpm or less:
— The difference between the engine and turbine shaft speeds is less than 150 rpm
— The turbine shaft speed is more than the estimated turbine speed value, as derived from the counter
drive gear (output) speed, plus 200 rpm.
DETECTION
Diagnostic support note:
CONDITION
• The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
• A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
• Shift solenoid A stuck
• Shift solenoid B stuck
• Shift solenoid E stuck
POSSIBLE
• C3 clutch slipping
CAUSE
• B2 brake slipping
• Control valve stuck
• TCM malfunction

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
• Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 6.
• Measure the line pressures. Any ranges: Replace the control valve body, then go to
(See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM Step 6.
TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
• Are the line pressures within the INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
specifications?
4 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
• Measure the stall speed in D range. No Replace the automatic transaxle, then go the Step 6.
(See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/
TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Is the stall speed within the specification?
5 INSPECT SOLENOID VALVE Yes Go to the next step.
• Inspect the solenoid valve. No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Is it normal?
6 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P1700 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Drive the vehicle in R position.
• Is same DTC present?
7 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?

End Of Sie

05-02–78
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 79 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


DTC P2757[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211805100

DTC P2757Torque converter clutch (TCC) stuck off


• When all conditions below are satisfied.
— ATF temperature 20 °C {68 °F} or more
— Driving in 4GR— 6GR at D range
— Engine running
— Torque converter clutch (TCC) operating
— Difference between engine speed and Counter drive gear (output) revolution speed (VSS) 100 rpm or
DETECTION more
CONDITION Diagnostic support note:
• This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
• The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
• A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
• ATF level low
• Deteriorated ATF 05-02
• TCC control solenoid stuck
POSSIBLE
• Line pressure low
CAUSE
• Control valve stuck.
• Torque converter malfunction
• TCM malfunction

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
• Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is milky or reddish brown, replace ATF, then
• Inspect the ATF condition. go to Step 7.
— Clear red: Normal (See 05-17-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
— Light red (pink): Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
— Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF
• Is it normal?
(See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
• Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 7.
• Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
• Is the ATF level within the specification? INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
• Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 7.
• Measure the line pressures. Any ranges: Replace the control valve body, then go to
(See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM Step 6.
TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
• Are the line pressures within the INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
specifications?
6 INSPECT TCC CONTROL SOLENOID Yes Replace the Torque converter, then go to the next step.
• Inspect the TCC control solenoid. (See 05-17-46 TORQUE CONVERTER REMOVAL/
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
• Is it normal? (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)

05-02–79
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 80 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


STEP INSPECTION ACTION
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P2757 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Start the engine.
• Warm up engine and ATX.
• Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
for2 s or more.
— ATF temperature (TFT PID): 20 °C {68 °F}
or more
— Drive in the D range, 4GR— 6GR (TCC
operation)
• Are any DTCs present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?

End Of Sie
DTC P2758[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211805200

DTC P2758 Torque converter clutch (TCC) stuck on


• All of the following conditions are satisfied under each of the following accelerator conditions.
— ATF temperature 20 °C {68 °F} or more
— Driving in D range
— Engine running
— Engine speed within 1,000— 3,000rpm
— Torque converter clutch (TCC) no operating
DETECTION — Difference between engine speed and turbine revolution speed less than 30 rpm
CONDITION Diagnostic support note:
• This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
• The MIL does not illuminate if PCM detects the above malfunction conditions during first the drive cycle.
• A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is not available.
• The AT warning light illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the PCM memory.
• ATF level low
• Deteriorated ATF
• TCC control solenoid stuck
POSSIBLE
• Line pressure low
CAUSE
• Control valve stuck
• Torque converter malfunction
• TCM malfunction

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available?

05-02–80
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 81 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


STEP INSPECTION ACTION
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
• Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is milky or reddish brown, replace ATF, then
• Inspect the ATF condition. go to Step 7.
— Clear red: Normal (See 05-17-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
— Light red (pink): Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
— Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF
• Is it normal?
(See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
• Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 7.
• Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
• Is the ATF level within the specification? INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step. 05-02
• Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 7.
• Measure the line pressures. Any ranges: Replace the control valve body, then go to
(See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM Step 6.
TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
• Are the line pressures within the INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
specifications?
6 INSPECT TCC CONTROL SOLENOID Yes Replace the Torque converter, then go to the next step.
• Inspect the TCC control solenoid. (See 05-17-46 TORQUE CONVERTER REMOVAL/
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
• Is it normal? (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P2758 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Start the engine.
• Warm up engine and ATX.
• Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
for 2 s or more.
— ATF temperature (TFT PID):20 °C {68 °F} or
more
— Engine speed: less than 3,000 rpm
— Drive in the D range, 4GR— 6GR (TCC no
operation)
• Are any DTCs present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?

End Of Sie

05-02–81
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 82 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


DTC P2762[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211805300

DTC P2762 TCC control solenoid range/performance (stuck)


• Feedback current corresponding to solenoid current command value is irregular when engine is running.
Diagnostic support note:
• This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
DETECTION • The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
CONDITION • A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
• ATF level low
• Deteriorated ATF
POSSIBLE
• TCC control solenoid stuck
CAUSE
• Control valve stuck
• TCM malfunction

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
• Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is light red or reddish brown, replace ATF,
• Inspect the ATF condition. then go to Step 7.
— Clear red: Normal (See 05-17-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
— Light red (pink): Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
— Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF
• Is it normal?
(See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
• Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 7.
• Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
• Is the ATF level within the specification? INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
• Start the engine. No • All ranges: Replace the oil pump or control valve body,
• Measure the line pressures. then go to the next step.
(See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM • Any ranges: Replace the ATX, then go the next step.
TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/
• Are the line pressures within the INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
specifications?
6 INSPECT TCC CONTROL SOLENOID Yes Go to the next step.
• Inspect the TCC control solenoid. No Replace the control valve body.
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Is it normal?
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P2762 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
• Is same DTC present?

05-02–82
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 83 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


STEP INSPECTION ACTION
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?

End Of Sie
DTC P2763[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211805400

DTC P2763 TCC control solenoid circuit malfunction (short to power)


• Short circuit in TCC control solenoid signal system (while TCM monitors solenoid output voltage, the
voltage that differs from the signal output by CPU in TCM is detected).
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION • This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION • The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
• A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates. 05-02
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
• Short to power in wiring harness between TCC control solenoid terminal B and TCM terminal B9
• Short to power in wiring harness between TCC control solenoid terminal A and TCM terminal B4
POSSIBLE
• TCC control solenoid malfunction
CAUSE
• Damaged connector between line pressure control solenoid and TCM
• TCM malfunction

TCM

COUPLE COMPONENT
3
6
B9 (+)
5
B
TCC CONTROL 4
SOLENOID

A
5 3
6
B4 (-)

COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR


TCC CONTROL SOLENOID
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

B A

B9

B4

05-02–83
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 84 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
• Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
• Remove the TCM.
(See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
• Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF TCC CONTROL Yes Go to go to Step 7.
SOLENOID CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
• Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminals B9 and B4 (wiring
harness-side).
• Is resistance within 5.0— 5.6 ohms?
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
5 INSPECT TERMINAL TCC CONTROL Yes Go to the next step.
SOLENOID FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
• Disconnect the TCC control solenoid
connector.
• Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
• Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER next step.
• Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminals (wiring harness-side). (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
— Terminal B21 and all terminals except B21/ INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
B16
— Terminal B16 and all terminals except B21/
B16
• Is there continuity?
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P2763 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
• Is same DTC present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?

End Of Sie

05-02–84
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 85 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


DTC P2764[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211805500

DTC P2764 TCC control solenoid circuit malfunction (short to ground/open circuit)
• Open or short circuit in TCC control solenoid signal system (while TCM monitors solenoid output voltage,
the voltage that differs from the signal output by CPU in TCM is detected).
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION • This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION • The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
• A PENDING CODE is not available.
• FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
• The AT warning light illuminates.
• The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
• Open circuit between TCC control solenoid terminal B and TCM terminal B9
• Open circuit between TCC control solenoid terminal A and TCM terminal B4
• Short to ground in wiring harness between TCC control solenoid terminal B and TCM terminal B9
POSSIBLE
• Short to ground in wiring harness between TCC control solenoid terminal A and TCM terminal B4
CAUSE
• TCC control solenoid malfunction
• Damaged connector between line pressure control solenoid and TCM
• TCM malfunction 05-02
TCM

COUPLE COMPONENT

6 7 3
B9 (+)
5
B
TCC CONTROL 4
SOLENOID

A
5 6 7 3
B4 (-)

COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR


TCC CONTROL SOLENOID
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

B A

B9

B4

05-02–85
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 86 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
• Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
• Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line • If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
• Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
• Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
• Remove the TCM.
(See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
• Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF TCC CONTROL Yes Go to go to Step 8.
SOLENOID CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
• Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminals B9 and B4 (wiring
harness-side).
• Is resistance within 5.0— 5.6 ohms?
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
5 INSPECT TERMINAL TCC CONTROL Yes Go to the next step.
SOLENOID FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
• Disconnect the TCC control solenoid
connector.
• Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
• Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
• Inspect for continuity between couple
component terminals and line pressure control
solenoid terminals (wiring harness-side).
— Terminal B9 and terminal B
— Terminal B4 and terminal A
• Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND next step.
• Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminals (wiring harness-side). (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
— Terminal B9 and all terminals except B9/B4 INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
— Terminal B4 and all terminals except B9/B4
• Is there continuity?
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P2764 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
• Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected AW6AX-EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
• Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
• Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
• Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
• Perform the “After Repair Procedure”. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-02-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Are any DTCs present?

End Of Sie

05-02–86
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 87 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050211805600
1. Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2.
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following
items from the initial screen of the M-MDS.
• When using the IDS (notebook PC)
1. Select the “Toolbox” tab.
2. Select “DataLogger”.
3. Select “Module”.
4. Select “TCM”.
• When using the PDS (pocket PC)
1. Select “Module Tests”.
2. Select “TCM”.
DLC-2
3. Select “DataLogger”.
acxuuw00000480
3. Select the PID from the PID table.
4. Verify the PID data according to the directions on
the M-MDS screen.

Note 05-02
• Perform part inspection for the output device after TCM inspection.
• The PID/DATA MONITOR function monitors the calculated value of the input/output signals in the TCM.
Therefore, if a monitored value of an output device is out of specification, it is necessary to inspect the
monitored value of the input device related to the output device control. Since an output device
malfunction is not directly indicated as a malfunction of the monitored value for the output device, it is
necessary to inspect the output device individually using the simulation function.

PID/DATA MONITOR AND RECORD function table


Monitor item Unit/ TCM
Condition/Specification Action
(Definition) Condition terminal
Inspect the brake switch.
BOO TCM • Brake pedal depressed: On
On/Off (See 04-11-9 BRAKE SWITCH –
(Brake switch) • Other: Off
INSPECTION.)
Check DTC.
DTCCNT – Indicates number of DTC (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, –
AW6AX-EL].)
Inspect the selector lever component.
DWN SW • Down shift at M range: On
On/Off (See 05-18-6 SELECTOR LEVER A4
(Down switch) • Other: Off
COMPONENT INSPECTION.)
ECT TCM Inspect the PCM.
(Engine (See 01-40-6 PCM INSPECTION[L3
°C, °F Indicates ECT –
coolant WITH TC].)
temperature)
FDPDTC Inspect the TCM.
Indicates code of FREEZE FRAME
(FREEZE – (See 05-17-21 TCM –
DATA
FRAME DATA) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• 1GR: 4.148 Inspect following PIDs: THOP, TSS, VSS
• 2GR: 2.370
GEAR_RA • 3GR: 1.555
– –
(Gear ratio) • 4GR: 1.154
• 5GR: 0.859
• 6GR: 0.685
• 1GR: 1st Inspect following PIDs: THOP, TSS, VSS
GEAR_SEL • 2GR: 2nd
(Calculated 1st/2nd/3rd/ • 3GR: 3rd

gear range in 4th/5th/6th • 4GR: 4th
TCM) • 5GR: 5th
• 6GR: 6th
LPS Inspect the pressure control solenoid.
(Pressure (See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE
A 100— 1,000 mA B1, B3
control INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
solenoid)
MNL SW Inspect the selector lever component.
• M range: On
(M range On/Off (See 05-18-6 SELECTOR LEVER A7
• Other: Off
switch) COMPONENT INSPECTION.)

05-02–87
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 88 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


Monitor item Unit/ TCM
Condition/Specification Action
(Definition) Condition terminal
Inspect the VSS.
OSS
• Ignition switch ON:0 RPM (See 05-17-18 VEHICLE SPEED
(Output shaft RPM B19, B20
• Indicates output shaft speed SENSOR (VSS) INSPECTION[AW6A-
speed)
EL, AW6AX-EL].)
Inspect the TR switch.
PNP_TCM Drive/ • P, N position: Neutral
(See 05-17-21 TCM –
(Park/Neutral) Neutral • D, M range or R position: Drive
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
RPM TCM Inspect the PCM.
• Ignition switch ON:0 RPM
(Engine RPM (See 01-40-6 PCM INSPECTION[L3 –
• Idle:700— 800 RPM
speed) WITH TC].)
SSA Inspect the shift solenoid A.
• M range (1GR): On
(Shift solenoid On/Off (See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE B5
• Other: Off
A) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
SSB Inspect the shift solenoid B.
• M range (1GR): On
(Shift solenoid On/Off (See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE B2
• Other: Off
B) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• P, R, N position or D/M range (5GR, Inspect the shift solenoid C.
SSC
6GR): solenoid on (See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE
(Shift solenoid A B10, B11
• Other: solenoid off INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
C)
— 100— 1,000 mA
• P, R, N position or D/M range (1GR, Inspect the shift solenoid D.
SSD
2GR, 3GR): solenoid on (See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE
(Shift solenoid A B17, B18
• Other: solenoid off INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
D)
— 100— 1,000 mA
• R position (more than 11 km/h {4 Inspect the shift solenoid E.
SSE mph}) or D/M range (1GR, 2GR, (See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE
(Shift solenoid A 4GR, 6GR): solenoid on INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) B14, B22
E) • Other: solenoid off
— 100— 1,000 mA
• P, R, N position or D/M range (1GR, Inspect the shift solenoid F.
SSF
3GR, 4GR, 5GR): solenoid on (See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE
(Shift solenoid A B16, B21
• Other: solenoid off INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
F)
— 100— 1,000 mA
TCCC • TCC on: solenoid on Inspect the TCC control solenoid.
(TCC solenoid A • Other: solenoid off (See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE B4, B9
valve) — 200— 1,000 mA INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
Inspect the TFT sensor.
TFT
(See 05-17-12 TRANSAXLE FLUID
(ATF °C, °F Indicates ATF temperature B7, B8
TEMPERATURE (TFT) SENSOR
temperature)
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• ATF temperature 10 °C {50 Inspect the TFT sensor.
TFTV °F}:4.78— 4.81 V (See 05-17-12 TRANSAXLE FLUID
(ATF • ATF temperature 25 °C {77 TEMPERATURE (TFT) SENSOR
V B7, B8
temperature °F}:4.61— 4.65 V INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
signal voltage) • ATF temperature 110 °C {230
°F}:2.30— 2.45 V
THOP Inspect the PCM.
• CTP: 0%
(Throttle % (See 01-40-6 PCM INSPECTION[L3 –
• WOT: 100%
position) WITH TC].)
• R position: R Inspect the TR switch.
TR • N position: N (See 05-17-21 TCM
R/N/D/P –
(TR switch) • D range: D INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• P position: P
TRD Inspect the TR switch.
• D range: On
(TR switch [D On/Off (See 05-17-21 TCM –
• Other ranges and all positions: Off
range]) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
TRR Inspect the TR switch.
• R position: On
(TR switch [R On/Off (See 05-17-21 TCM –
• Other positions and all ranges: Off
position]) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
Inspect the input/turbine speed sensor.
TSS
• Ignition switch ON:0 RPM (See 05-17-15 INPUT/TURBINE SPEED
(Input/turbine RPM –
• Idle:700— 800 RPM SENSOR INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
speed sensor)
AW6AX-EL].)

05-02–88
1871-1U-06B(05-02).fm 89 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時18分

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


Monitor item Unit/ TCM
Condition/Specification Action
(Definition) Condition terminal
Inspect the selector lever component.
UP SW • Up shift at M range: On
On/Off (See 05-18-6 SELECTOR LEVER A3
(Up switch) • Other: Off
COMPONENT INSPECTION.)
Inspect the VSS.
VSS
(See 05-17-18 VEHICLE SPEED
(Vehicle KPH, MPH Indicates vehicle speed –
SENSOR (VSS) INSPECTION[AW6A-
speed)
EL, AW6AX-EL].)

– : N/A

Simulation Function Procedure


1. Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2.
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following
items from the initial screen of the M-MDS.
• When using the IDS (notebook PC)
1. Select the “Toolbox” tab.
2. Select “DataLogger”. 05-02
3. Select “Module”.
4. Select “TCM”.
• When using the PDS (pocket PC)
1. Select “Module Tests”.
2. Select “TCM”.
DLC-2
3. Select “DataLogger”.
acxuuw00000480
3. Select the simulation items from the PID table.
4. Perform the simulation function, inspect the
operations for each parts.
• If there is no operation sound from the solenoid after the simulation function inspection is performed, it is
possible that there is an open or short circuit in the wiring harness, or solenoid, or sticking and operation
malfunction.
Simulation item table
X: Available
Simulation Operation
Applicable component Unit/Condition TCM terminal
item IG ON Idle
Pressure control solenoid control signal
LPS A N/A X B1, B3
in TCM
SSA Shift solenoid A On/Off N/A X B5
SSB Shift solenoid B On/Off N/A X B2
SSC Shift solenoid C A N/A X B10, B11
SSD Shift solenoid D A N/A X B17, B18
SSE Shift solenoid E A N/A X B14, B22
SSF Shift solenoid F A N/A X B16, B21
TCCC TCC solenoid valve A N/A X B4, B9

End Of Sie

05-02–89
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 1 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時19分

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


05-03 SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL]
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE NO.15 ENGINE FLARES UP OR SLIPS
CONTROL SYSTEM WHEN ACCELERATING VEHICLE
WIRING DIAGRAM [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-03–20
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-03–2 NO.16 JUDDER UPON TORQUE
FOREWORD[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]. . . 05-03–3 CONVERTER CLUTCH (TCC)
BASIC INSPECTION OPERATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . 05-03–21
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-03–3 NO.17 EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM FROM N TO D OR N TO R POSITION/
TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . 05-03–4 RANGE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . 05-03–21
QUICK DIAGNOSIS CHART Initial Learning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-03–22
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-03–7 NO.18 EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK IS
NO.1 VEHICLE DOES NOT MOVE IN GIVEN WHEN UPSHIFTING AND
D RANGE, OR IN R POSITION DOWNSHIFTING
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-03–11 [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-03–23 05-03
NO.2 VEHICLE MOVES IN N POSITION NO.19 EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK ON
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-03–12 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH (TCC)
NO.3 VEHICLE MOVES IN P POSITION, [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-03–23
OR PARKING GEAR DOES NOT NO.20 NOISE OCCURS AT IDLE WHEN
DISENGAGE WHEN P IS VEHICLE IS STOPPED IN ALL
DISENGAGED POSITIONS/RANGES
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-03–12 [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-03–23
NO.4 EXCESSIVE CREEP NO.21 NOISE OCCURS AT IDLE WHEN
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-03–12 VEHICLE IS STOPPED IN D RANGE,
NO.5 NO CREEP AT ALL OR IN R POSITION
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-03–13 [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-03–24
NO.6 LOW MAXIMUM SPEED AND NO.22 NO ENGINE BRAKING IN
POOR ACCELERATION 1GR POSITION OF M RANGE
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-03–14 [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-03–24
NO.7 NO SHIFTING NO.23 TRANSAXLE OVERHEATS
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-03–15 [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-03–25
NO.8 DOES NOT SHIFT TO 6GR NO.24 ENGINE STALLS WHEN
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-03–16 SHIFTED TO D RANGE, OR IN R
NO.9 ABNORMAL SHIFTING POSITION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-03–26
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-03–17 NO.25 ENGINE STALLS WHEN
NO.10 FREQUENT SHIFTING DRIVING AT SLOW SPEED OR
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-03–18 STOPPING[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]. . . . 05-03–26
NO.11 SHIFT POINT IS HIGH OR LOW NO.26 STARTER DOES NOT WORK
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-03–18 [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-03–27
NO.12 TORQUE CONVERTER NO.27 GEAR POSITION INDICATOR
CLUTCH (TCC) NON-OPERATION LIGHT DOES NOT ILLUMINATE IN M
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-03–18 RANGE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . 05-03–27
NO.13 NO KICKDOWN NO.28 GEAR POSITION INDICATOR
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-03–19 LIGHT ILLUMINATES IN
NO.14 ENGINE FLARES UP OR D RANGE OR P, N, R POSITIONS
SLIPS WHEN UPSHIFTING OR [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-03–28
DOWNSHIFTING NO.29 DOES NOT UPSHIFT IN
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-03–19 M RANGE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . 05-03–28
NO.30 DOES NOT DOWNSHIFT IN M
RANGE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . 05-03–28

End of Toc
WM: AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE

05-03–1
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 2 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時19分

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE CONTROL SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310800100

SHIFT SOLENOID A
TR SWITCH
(INTEGRATED IN TCM) B5

SHIFT SOLENOID B

B2

VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR


B19
TCC CONTROL
B20
SOLENOID
INPUT/TURBINE SPEED
B9
SENSOR
B12 B4

B13
LINE PRESSURE
CONTROL SOLENOID
B8 B3

TFT SENSOR B1

B7

SHIFT SOLENOID F
UP SWITCH B21
A3
B16
DOWN SWITCH
A4
M RANGE SWITCH
A7
TCM SHIFT SOLENOID C
B11
OTHER MODULE
CAN-H B10
A14
CAN
CAN-L
A6 SHIFT SOLENOID D
B17
OTHER MODULE
B18

SHIFT SOLENOID E
B14

B22
IG1

A11
B+ STARTER RELAY
A5

A1

GND BACK-UP LIGHT RELAY


A9 A13

D6U517CS7004
End Of Sie

05-03–2
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 3 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時19分

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


FOREWORD[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310800200
• When the customer reports a vehicle malfunction, inspect the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) indication, AT
warning indicator light flash, and diagnostic trouble code (DTC), then diagnose the malfunction according to
following flowchart.
— If a DTC exists, diagnose the applicable DTC inspection. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)
— If a DTC does not exist, the MIL does not illuminate and the AT warning indicator light illuminate, diagnose
the applicable symptom troubleshooting. (See 05-03-4 SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM
TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)

CUSTOMER ARRIVES

05-03
WARNING LIGHT* NO WARNING LIGHT*
ON/FLASHING WITH SYMPTOM

CHECK FOR CHECK DTC


PRIORITIZED DTC IGNITION ON TEST, IDLING
TEST
DTC

WITHOUT DTC

DIAGNOSE BY DTC
(ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC) DIAGNOSE BY SYMPTOM
DTC TABLE (SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING)
DTC 1. DIAGNOSTIC INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING 2. QUICK DIAGNOSIS CHART
FLOW 3. SYMPTOM
TROUBLESHOOTING

acxuuw00002535

*: Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL), AT warning light.


End Of Sie
BASIC INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310800300

STEP INSPECTION ACTION


1 • Measure the battery voltage. Yes Go to the next step.
• Is the battery voltage 10.0— 14.0 V? No Replace or recharge the battery.
(See 01-17-4 BATTERY RECHARGING[L3 WITH TC].)
2 • Inspect the TCM related harnesses, Yes Go to the next step.
connectors and fuses. No Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts according to the
• Are they normal? inspection result.
3 • Warm up the engine to normal operating Yes Record Freeze Frame Data and perform appropriate DTC
temperature. troubleshooting procedures.
• Retrieve DTC using the M-MDS. No Go to the next step.
• Is there any DTC present?
4 • Perform the road test. Yes Go to the next step.
• Is the ATX operating normally? No Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts according to the
inspection result.
5 • Perform the time lag test. Yes Go to the next step.
• Is the ATX operating normally? No Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts according to the
inspection result.
6 • Perform the stall test. Yes Go to the next step.
• Is the stall speed within the specified? No Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts according to the
inspection result.

05-03–3
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 4 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時19分

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


STEP INSPECTION ACTION
7 • Perform the line pressure test. Yes Perform the symptom troubleshooting and follow the
• Is the line pressure within the specified? procedures.
No Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts according to the
inspection result.
8 • Inspect following part or signal related PIDs Yes Perform the symptom troubleshooting and follow the
using the M-MDS. procedures.
— APP sensor No Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts according to the
— TSS inspection result.
— VSS
— TFT sensor
— TR switch
— M range switch
— Up switch
— Down switch
— Brake switch
— Engine speed
• Are they normal?

End Of Sie
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310800400
• Use the chart below to verify the symptoms of the trouble in order to diagnose the appropriate area.
No. TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM DESCRIPTION PAGE
1 • Vehicle does not move in D range, • Vehicle does not move when accelerator (See 05-03-11 NO.1 VEHICLE
or in R position pedal is depressed. DOES NOT MOVE IN D
RANGE, OR IN R
POSITION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)
2 • Vehicle moves in N position • Vehicle creeps in N position. (See 05-03-12 NO.2 VEHICLE
• Vehicle creeps if brake pedal is not MOVES IN N
depressed in N position. POSITION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)
3 • Vehicle moves in P position, or • Vehicle rolls when on a downward slope (See 05-03-12 NO.3 VEHICLE
parking gear does not disengage and tires do not lock in P position. MOVES IN P POSITION, OR
when P position is disengaged • Tires locked when P position is PARKING GEAR DOES NOT
disengaged, vehicle does not move in D DISENGAGE WHEN P IS
range, and R position when accelerator DISENGAGED[AW6A-EL,
pedal is depressed, and engine remains AW6AX-EL].)
in stalled condition.
4 • Excessive creep • Vehicle accelerates in D range, and R (See 05-03-12 NO.4
position when accelerator pedal is not EXCESSIVE CREEP[AW6A-
depressed. EL, AW6AX-EL].)
5 • No creep at all • Vehicle does not move in D range, or R (See 05-03-13 NO.5 NO
position when idling on flat paved road. CREEP AT ALL[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
6 • Low maximum speed and poor • Vehicle acceleration is poor at start. (See 05-03-14 NO.6 LOW
acceleration • Delayed acceleration when accelerator MAXIMUM SPEED AND
pedal is depressed while driving. POOR
ACCELERATION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
7 • No shifting • Single shift range only. (See 05-03-15 NO.7 NO
• Sometimes shifts correctly. SHIFTING[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)
8 • Does not shift to 6GR • Vehicle does not upshift from 5GR to (See 05-03-16 NO.8 DOES
6GR even though vehicle speed NOT SHIFT TO 6GR[AW6A-
increased. EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Vehicle does not shift to 6GR even
though accelerator pedal is released in
D range at 80 km/h {50 mph}.
9 • Abnormal shifting • Shifts incorrectly (incorrect shift pattern). (See 05-03-17 NO.9
ABNORMAL
SHIFTING[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)

05-03–4
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 5 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時19分

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


No. TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM DESCRIPTION PAGE
10 • Frequent shifting • Downshifting occurs suddenly even (See 05-03-18 NO.10
when accelerator pedal is depressed FREQUENT SHIFTING[AW6A-
slightly in D range. EL, AW6AX-EL].)
11 • Shift point is high or low • Shift point considerably different from (See 05-03-18 NO.11 SHIFT
automatic shift diagram. POINT IS HIGH OR
• Shift delays when accelerating. LOW[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Shift occurs suddenly when accelerating
and engine speed does not increase.
12 • Torque converter clutch (TCC) • TCC does not operate when vehicle (See 05-03-18 NO.12
non-operation reaches TCC operation range. TORQUE CONVERTER
CLUTCH (TCC) NON-
OPERATION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
13 • No kickdown • Does not downshift when accelerator (See 05-03-19 NO.13 NO
pedal is fully depressed within kickdown KICKDOWN[AW6A-EL,
range. AW6AX-EL].)
14 • Engine flares up or slips when • When accelerator pedal is depressed, (See 05-03-19 NO.14 ENGINE
upshifting or downshifting engine speed increases normally but FLARES UP OR SLIPS WHEN 05-03
vehicle speed increases slowly. UPSHIFTING OR
• When accelerator pedal is depressed DOWNSHIFTING[AW6A-EL,
while driving, engine speed increases AW6AX-EL].)
but vehicle speed does not increase.
15 • Engine flares up or slips when • Engine flares up when accelerator pedal (See 05-03-20 NO.15 ENGINE
accelerating vehicle is depressed for upshifting. FLARES UP OR SLIPS WHEN
• Engine flares up suddenly when ACCELERATING
accelerator pedal is depressed for VEHICLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
downshifting. EL].)
16 • Judder upon torque converter • Vehicle jolts when TCC is engaged. (See 05-03-21 NO.16
clutch (TCC) operation JUDDER UPON TORQUE
CONVERTER CLUTCH (TCC)
OPERATION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
17 • Excessive shift shock from N to D • Strong shock is felt when shifting from N (See 05-03-21 NO.17
or N to R position/range to D or N to R position/range at idle. EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK
FROM N TO D OR N TO R
POSITION/RANGE[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
18 • Excessive shift shock is given • Excessive shift shock is felt when (See 05-03-23 NO.18
when upshifting and downshifting depressing accelerator pedal to EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK IS
accelerate at upshifting. GIVEN WHEN UPSHIFTING
• During cruising, excessive shift shock is AND DOWNSHIFTING[AW6A-
felt when depressing accelerator pedal EL, AW6AX-EL].)
at downshifting.
19 • Excessive shift shock on torque • Strong shock is felt when TCC is (See 05-03-23 NO.19
converter clutch (TCC) engaged. EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK
ON TORQUE CONVERTER
CLUTCH (TCC)[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
20 • Noise occurs at idle when vehicle • Transaxle is noisy in all positions and (See 05-03-23 NO.20 NOISE
is stopped in all positions/ranges ranges when vehicle is idling. OCCURS AT IDLE WHEN
VEHICLE IS STOPPED IN ALL
POSITIONS/RANGES[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-EL].)
21 • Noise occurs at idle when vehicle • Transaxle is noisy in driving ranges (See 05-03-24 NO.21 NOISE
is stopped in D range, or in R when vehicle is idling. OCCURS AT IDLE WHEN
position VEHICLE IS STOPPED IN D
RANGE, OR IN R
POSITION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)

05-03–5
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 6 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時19分

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


No. TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM DESCRIPTION PAGE
22 • No engine braking in 1GR position • Engine speed drops to idle but vehicle (See 05-03-24 NO.22 NO
of M range coasts when accelerator pedal is ENGINE BRAKING IN 1GR
released during cruising at medium to POSITION OF M
high speeds. RANGE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
• Engine speed drops to idle but vehicle EL].)
coasts when accelerator pedal is
released when in M range (1GR) at low
vehicle speed.
23 • Transaxle overheats • Burnt smell emitted from the transaxle. (See 05-03-25 NO.23
• Smoke is emitted from the transaxle. TRANSAXLE
OVERHEATS[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
24 • Engine stalls when shifted to D • Engine stalls when shifting from N or P (See 05-03-26 NO.24 ENGINE
range, or in R position position to D range or R position at idle. STALLS WHEN SHIFTED TO
D RANGE, OR IN R
POSITION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)
25 • Engine stalls when driving at slow • Engine stalls when brake pedal is (See 05-03-26 NO.25 ENGINE
speeds or stopping depressed while driving at low speed or STALLS WHEN DRIVING AT
stopping. SLOW SPEED OR
STOPPING[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
26 • Starter does not work • Starter does not work even when P or N (See 05-03-27 NO.26
position is selected. STARTER DOES NOT
WORK[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)
27 • Gear position indicator light does • Gear position indicator light in (See 05-03-27 NO.27 GEAR
not illuminate in M range instrument cluster does not illuminate in POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT
M range with ignition switch at ON. DOES NOT ILLUMINATE IN M
RANGE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)
28 • Gear position indicator light • Gear position indicator light in (See 05-03-28 NO.28 GEAR
illuminates in D range or P, N, R instrument cluster illuminates in D range POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT
positions or P, N R positions with ignition switch at ILLUMINATES IN D RANGE
ON. OR P, N, R POSITIONS[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-EL].)
29 • Does not upshift in M range • Gear position indicator light in (See 05-03-28 NO.29 DOES
instrument cluster illuminates but vehicle NOT UPSHIFT IN M
does not upshift when selector lever is RANGE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
pushed to “+” side. EL].)
30 • Does not downshift in M range • Gear position indicator light in (See 05-03-28 NO.30 DOES
instrument cluster illuminates but vehicle NOT DOWNSHIFT IN M
does not downshift when selector lever RANGE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
is pushed to “–” side. EL].)

End Of Sie

05-03–6
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 7 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時19分

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


QUICK DIAGNOSIS CHART[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310800500

1 Vehicle does not move in D range, or in R position X X X X X


2 Vehicle moves in N position X X X
3 Vehicle moves in P position, or parking gear does not
disengage when P is disengaged X X
4 Excessive creep X X
5 No creep at all X
6 Low maximum speed and poor acceleration X X X
7 No shifting X X X
8 Does not shift to 6GR X X X X X
9 Abnormal shifting X X X X
10 Frequent shifting X X X X
11 Shift point is high or low X
12 Torque converter clutch (TCC) non-operation X X
13 No kickdown X
14 Engine flares up or slips when upshifting or downshifting X X X
15 Engine flares up or slips when accelerating vehicle X X X
16 Judder upon torque converter clutch (TCC) operation X X X
17 Excessive shift shock from N to D or N to R position/range X X X X 05-03
18 Excessive shift shock is given when upshifting and
downshifting X X X X
19 Excessive shift shock on torque converter clutch (TCC) X X X X
20 Noise occurs at idle when vehicle is stopped in all
positions/ranges X X X
21 Noise occurs at idle when vehicle is stopped in D
range, or in R position X X
22 No engine braking in 1GR position of M range X X
23 Transaxle overheats X X X
24 Engine stalls when shifted to D range, or in R position X
25 Engine stalls when driving at slow speeds or stopping
26 Starter does not work X X X
27 Gear position indicator light does not illuminate in M range X X X
28 Gear position indicator light illuminates in D range or P, N,
R positions X X
29 Does not upshift in M range X X X
30 Does not downshift in M range X
Electrical system components
Symptom item ATX outer parts
CAN
signal
TR switch initial learning

M range switch
Shift position (to instrument cluster)
Accelerator opening (from PCM)

TR switch

Up switch
Parking mechanism not operating properly

Engine speed (from PCM)

TCM power supply/GND


Garage shift learning is not performed
Not within ignition timing specification
Not within line pressure specification

N position learning is not performed


Not within Idle speed specification
Selector lever is mis-adjisted

Not within ATF amount

Abnormal signal input

Abnormal signal input

Abnormal signal input


No signal input

No signal input

No signal input
Open/short
Open/short
Open/short
Open/short

Cause of trouble

acxuuw00002272

05-03–7
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 8 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時19分

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]

1 Vehicle does not move in D range, or in R position X X X


2 Vehicle moves in N position X X X
3 Vehicle moves in P position, or parking gear does not
disengage when P is disengaged
4 Excessive creep
5 No creep at all X X X X X X X X X X X
6 Low maximum speed and poor acceleration X X X X X X X X X X X X X
7 No shifting X X X X X X X X X X X X X
8 Does not shift to 6GR X X X
9 Abnormal shifting X X X X X X X X X X
10 Frequent shifting X X X X X X X X X X
11 Shift point is high or low X X
12 Torque converter clutch (TCC) non-operation X X X
13 No kickdown
14 Engine flares up or slips when upshifting or downshifting X X X X X X X X X X
15 Engine flares up or slips when accelerating vehicle X X X X X X X X X X
16 Judder upon torque converter clutch (TCC) operation X X X X X
17 Excessive shift shock from N to D or N to R position/range X X X X X
18 Excessive shift shock is given when upshifting and
X X X X X X X X X X X X
downshifting
19 Excessive shift shock on torque converter clutch (TCC) X X X X X
20 Noise occurs at idle when vehicle is stopped in all
positions/ranges X X
21 Noise occurs at idle when vehicle is stopped in D
range, or in R position
22 No engine braking in 1GR position of M range X X X X X X
23 Transaxle overheats X
24 Engine stalls when shifted to D range, or in R position X X
25 Engine stalls when driving at slow speeds or stopping X X
26 Starter does not work X
27 Gear position indicator light does not illuminate in M range
28 Gear position indicator light illuminates in D range or P, N,
R positions
29 Does not upshift in M range
30 Does not downshift in M range X X
Electrical system components
Symptom item
ATX outer parts ATX inner parts
speed sensor
Down switch

Input/turbine

TFT sensor
VSS

Line pressure control solenoid


TCC control solenoid
Starter lock relay

Shift solenoid E
Shift solenoid D
Shift solenoid F
Shift solenoid C
Shift solenoid B
Shift solenoid A
Malfunction signal input
Abnormal signal input

Abnormal signal input

Abnormal signal input


No signal input

No signal input

No signal input

Open/short

Open/short
Open/short

Open/short

Open/short
Open/short

Open/short
Open/short

Open/short

Open/short

Cause of trouble

acxuuw00002273

05-03–8
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 9 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時19分

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]

1 Vehicle does not move in D range, or in R position X X X X X X X X


2 Vehicle moves in N position X X X X X
3 Vehicle moves in P position, or parking gear does not
disengage when P is disengaged
4 Excessive creep
5 No creep at all X X X X X X X X X
6 Low maximum speed and poor acceleration X X X X X X X X X X
7 No shifting X X X X X X X X X X
8 Does not shift to 6GR X X X
9 Abnormal shifting X X X X X X X X X X X
10 Frequent shifting X X X X X X X X X X X
11 Shift point is high or low
12 Torque converter clutch (TCC) non-operation X
13 No kickdown
14 Engine flares up or slips when upshifting or downshifting X X X X X X X X X X X
15 Engine flares up or slips when accelerating vehicle X X X X X X X X X X X
16 Judder upon torque converter clutch (TCC) operation X X X
17 Excessive shift shock from N to D or N to R position/range X X X X X X
18 Excessive shift shock is given when upshifting and
downshifting X X X X X X X X X X X
05-03
19 Excessive shift shock on torque converter clutch (TCC) X X X
20 Noise occurs at idle when vehicle is stopped in all
positions/ranges
21 Noise occurs at idle when vehicle is stopped in D
range, or in R position
22 No engine braking in 1GR position of M range X X X X
23 Transaxle overheats X
24 Engine stalls when shifted to D range, or in R position X
25 Engine stalls when driving at slow speeds or stopping X
26 Starter does not work
27 Gear position indicator light does not illuminate in M range
28 Gear position indicator light illuminates in D range or P, N,
R positions
29 Does not upshift in M range
30 Does not downshift in M range
Hydraulic system components
Symptom item Control valve body
Centrifugal hydraulic pressure clutch is not operating properly

Line pressure control solenoid hydraulic circuit


TCC control solenoid hydraulic circuit

Shift solenoid C hydraulic circuit


Shift solenoid D hydraulic circuit
Shift solenoid A hydraulic circuit
Shift solenoid B hydraulic circuit

Shift solenoid E hydraulic circuit


Shift solenoid F hydraulic circuit
Valve body spool is not operating properly
C1 accumulator is not operating properly
C2 accumulator is not operating properly
C3 accumulator is not operating properly
B1 accumulator is not operating properly
B2 accumulator is not operating properly

ATF cooler is not operating properly


Clogging
Clogging
Clogging
Clogging
Clogging
Clogging
Clogging
Clogging

Cause of trouble

acxuuw00002274

05-03–9
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 10 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時19分

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]

1 Vehicle does not move in D range, or in R position X X X X


2 Vehicle moves in N position X
3 Vehicle moves in P position, or parking gear does not
disengage when P is disengaged
4 Excessive creep
5 No creep at all X X
6 Low maximum speed and poor acceleration X X
7 No shifting X
8 Does not shift to 6GR X X X X
9 Abnormal shifting
10 Frequent shifting
11 Shift point is high or low
12 Torque converter clutch (TCC) non-operation
13 No kickdown
14 Engine flares up or slips when upshifting or downshifting X X
15 Engine flares up or slips when accelerating vehicle X X
16 Judder upon torque converter clutch (TCC) operation X X X X X
17 Excessive shift shock from N to D or N to R position/range X X
18 Excessive shift shock is given when upshifting and
X X
downshifting
19 Excessive shift shock on torque converter clutch (TCC) X X X X X
20 Noise occurs at idle when vehicle is stopped in all
positions/ranges
21 Noise occurs at idle when vehicle is stopped in D
range, or in R position
22 No engine braking in 1GR position of M range X X
23 Transaxle overheats
24 Engine stalls when shifted to D range, or in R position X
25 Engine stalls when driving at slow speeds or stopping X
26 Starter does not work
27 Gear position indicator light does not illuminate in M range
28 Gear position indicator light illuminates in D range or P, N,
R positions
29 Does not upshift in M range
30 Does not downshift in M range

Powertrain
Symptom item
Torque converter is not operating properly
One-way clutch is not operated properly

TCC is not operating properly


TCC is cracking or peeling
Slipping (clutch, brake)
Burnt (clutch, brake)

Cause of trouble

acxuuw00002275

End Of Sie

05-03–10
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 11 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時19分

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


NO.1 VEHICLE DOES NOT MOVE IN D RANGE, OR IN R POSITION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310800600

1 Vehicle does not move in D range, or in R position


DESCRIPTION • Vehicle does not move when accelerator pedal is depressed.
• If the vehicle does not move in D range or R position, basically, the malfunction is in the ATX. (Vehicle
will move even with a malfunction in the TCM.) Since a malfunction is in the sensor circuit or output
circuit is the cause of the malfunction in the ATX, inspect the sensors, output circuit, and the related
wiring harnesses.
— Clutch slippage, worn (D range-C1 clutch, One-way clutch, R position-C3 clutch, B2 brake)
• Line pressure low
• Shift solenoid C malfunction
• Shift solenoid D malfunction
• Shift solenoid E malfunction
• Line pressure control solenoid malfunction
• Shift solenoid F malfunction
POSSIBLE • Sensor GND malfunction
CAUSE • Body GND malfunction
• Control valve body malfunction
— Selector lever malfunction
— Parking mechanism not operating properly 05-03
— Torque converter malfunction
— N position learning is not performed

Note
• Before following the troubleshooting steps, make sure that the Automatic Transaxle On-Board
Diagnostic and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted. (See 05-03-3 BASIC
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 • When the vehicle is stopped on a flat, level Yes Go to the next step.
road and the engine off, does the vehicle No Inspect for parking mechanism.
move when pushed? (in D range or N, R
positions with the brake pedal released)
2 • Start the engine. Yes Inspect or adjust selector lever.
• Does vehicle move when selector lever in (See 05-18-6 SELECTOR LEVER INSPECTION.)
between N position and D range? (See 05-18-7 SELECTOR CABLE ADJUSTMENT.)
Perform N position learning.
(See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
No Go to the next step.
3 • Stop the engine. Yes Replace the ATX (clutch slippage, worn)
• Inspect following solenoid. (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) No Inspect the coupler component.
— Shift solenoid C If normal, replace the control valve body.
— Shift solenoid D (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
— Shift solenoid E INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
— Shift solenoid F
— Line pressure control solenoid
• Are these normal?
4 • Verify test results.
— If normal, return to the diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
— If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform
repair or diagnosis.
• If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed.
• If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, replace the TCM.

End Of Sie

05-03–11
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 12 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時19分

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


NO.2 VEHICLE MOVES IN N POSITION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310800700

2 Vehicle moves in N position


• Vehicle creeps in N position.
DESCRIPTION
• Vehicle creeps if brake pedal is not depressed in N position.
• If the vehicle moves in N position, basically, the malfunction is in the ATX. Since a malfunction in the
sensor circuit or output circuit is the cause of the malfunction in the ATX, inspect the sensors, output
circuit, and the related wiring harnesses.
— Clutch burnt (C1 clutch, C3 clutch, One-way clutch)
• Line pressure low
• Shift solenoid C malfunction
• Shift solenoid E malfunction
• Line pressure control solenoid malfunction
POSSIBLE • Control valve body malfunction
CAUSE — Selector lever position disparity (Although the selector indicator shows N position, the hydraulic
circuit shows D range or R position)
• N position learning is not performed

Note
• Before following the troubleshooting steps, make sure that the Automatic Transaxle On-Board
Diagnostic and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted. (See 05-03-3 BASIC
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 • Does the vehicle creep when selector lever is Yes Go to the next step.
moved slightly in N position? No Inspect and adjust the selector lever.
(See 05-18-6 SELECTOR LEVER INSPECTION.)
(See 05-18-7 SELECTOR CABLE ADJUSTMENT.)
Perform N position learning.
(See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
2 • Inspect following solenoid. Yes Replace the ATX (clutch slippage, worm).
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
— Shift solenoid C No Inspect the coupler component.
— Shift solenoid D If normal, replace the control valve body.
• Are these solenoids normal? (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
3 • Verify test results.
— If normal, return to the diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
— If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform
repair or diagnosis.
• If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed.
• If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, replace the TCM.

End Of Sie
NO.3 VEHICLE MOVES IN P POSITION, OR PARKING GEAR DOES NOT DISENGAGE WHEN P IS
DISENGAGED[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310800800

3 Vehicle moves in P position, or parking gear does not disengage when P is disengaged
• Vehicle rolls on a downward slope in P position.
DESCRIPTION • Tires are locked when P is disengaged. Vehicle does not move in D range, and R position when the
accelerator pedal is depressed, and the engine remains in a stalled condition.
• Parking mechanism malfunction (May have effect on noise or shock from transaxle)
POSSIBLE
• Improper adjustment of selector lever
CAUSE
• If the vehicle moves in N position, perform No.2 “VEHICLE MOVES IN N POSITION”

End Of Sie
NO.4 EXCESSIVE CREEP[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310800900

4 Excessive creep
DESCRIPTION • Vehicle accelerates in D range, and R position when accelerator pedal is not depressed.
• Engine idle speed is high (transaxle system is not cause of problem)
POSSIBLE
• Go to No.9 “FAST IDLE/RUNS ON”
CAUSE
(See 01-03-37 NO.9 FAST IDLE/RUNS ON[L3 WITH TC].)

05-03–12
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 13 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時19分

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


End Of Sie

NO.5 NO CREEP AT ALL[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


id050310801000

5 No creep at all
DESCRIPTION • Vehicle does not move in D range and R position when idling on a flat paved road.
• Either engine output low or there is clutch slippage.
— Clutch burnt (C1 clutch, C3 clutch)
• Line pressure low
• Shift solenoid C malfunction
• Shift solenoid D malfunction
• Shift solenoid E malfunction
• Line pressure control solenoid malfunction
• Shift solenoid F malfunction
• Body GND malfunction
• Control valve body malfunction
POSSIBLE — Transaxle fixed in 3GR or 5GR* (Operation of fail-safe function)
CAUSE • Short or open circuit in wiring harness
• Poor connection of connector
• Malfunction of electronic parts of output and input system
— There is no engine torque 05-03
• Torque converter malfunction

Note
• Before following the troubleshooting steps, make sure that the Automatic Transaxle On-Board
Diagnostic and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted. (See 05-03-3 BASIC
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 • Does the vehicle creep in P and/or N Yes Inspect or adjust the selector lever.
position? (See 05-18-6 SELECTOR LEVER INSPECTION.)
(See 05-18-7 SELECTOR CABLE ADJUSTMENT.)
No Go to the next step.
2 • Stop the engine. Yes Go to the next step.
• Inspect following solenoid. No Inspect the coupler component.
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE If normal, replace the control valve body.
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
— Shift solenoid C INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
— Shift solenoid D
— Shift solenoid E
— Shift solenoid F
— Line pressure control solenoid
• Are these solenoids normal?
3 • Remove the torque converter. Yes Inspect the ATF condition.
(See 05-17-46 TORQUE CONVERTER • If a large amount of metal specks are found, replace the
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, transaxle.
AW6AX-EL].) (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/
• Inspect the torque converter. INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Is the torque converter normal? • If a large amount of metal specks are not found, replace
the control valve body.
(See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
No Replace the torque converter.
4 • Verify test results.
— If normal, return to the diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
— If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform
repair or diagnosis.
• If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed.
• If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, replace the TCM.

* : If case of shift solenoid C failure

End Of Sie

05-03–13
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 14 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時19分

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


NO.6 LOW MAXIMUM SPEED AND POOR ACCELERATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310801100

6 Low maximum speed and poor acceleration


• Vehicle acceleration is poor at start.
DESCRIPTION
• Delayed acceleration when accelerator pedal is depressed while driving.
• If the clutch is stuck or does not stay in 4GR, malfunction is in engine circuit.
— Clutch slippage, burnt (C1 clutch, C2 clutch, C3 clutch, B1 brake)
• Line pressure low
• Incorrect accelerator opening signal
• VSS malfunction
• Input/turbine speed sensor malfunction
• Sensor GND malfunction
• Shift solenoid C malfunction
• Shift solenoid D malfunction
• Shift solenoid E malfunction
• Line pressure control solenoid malfunction
• Shift solenoid F malfunction
POSSIBLE • Body GND malfunction
CAUSE • Control valve body malfunction
— Transaxle fixed in 3GR or 5GR* (Operation of fail-safe function)
• Short or open circuit in wiring harness
• Poor connection of connector
• Malfunction of electronic parts of output and input system
— Insufficient starting torque (Suspected when in-gear, shift control and engine circuit are normal)
• Torque converter malfunction (Poor operation, stuck)

Note
• Before following the troubleshooting steps, make sure that the Automatic Transaxle On-Board
Diagnostic and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted. (See 05-03-3 BASIC
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 • With the ignition switch at the ON position, Yes Go to the next step.
does the gear position indicator light No Go to No.27 “GEAR POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES
indication correspond to the selector lever NOT ILLUMINATE IN M RANGE”, or No.28 “GEAR
position? POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT ILLUMINATES IN D RANGE
OR P, N, R POSITIONS”.
2 • Go to No.12 “LACK/LOSS OF POWER Yes Go to the next step.
(ACCELERATION/CRUISE)”. No Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts according to the
(See 01-03-46 NO.12 LACK/LOSS OF inspection results.
POWER (ACCELERATION/CRUISE)[L3
WITH TC].)
• Does engine control system normal?
3 • Stop the engine. Yes Go to the next step.
• Inspect following solenoid. No Inspect the coupler component.
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE If normal, replace the control valve body.
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
— Shift solenoid C INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
— Shift solenoid D
— Shift solenoid E
— Shift solenoid F
— Line pressure control solenoid
• Are they normal?
4 • Remove the torque converter. Yes Inspect the ATF condition.
(See 05-17-46 TORQUE CONVERTER • If a large amount of metal specks are found, replace the
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, transaxle.
AW6AX-EL].) (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/
• Inspect the torque converter. INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Is the torque converter normal? • If a large amount of metal specks are not found, replace
the control valve body.
(See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
No Replace the torque converter.

05-03–14
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 15 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時19分

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


STEP INSPECTION ACTION
5 • Verify test results.
— If normal, return to the diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
— If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform
repair or diagnosis.
• If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed.
• If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, replace the TCM.

* : If case of shift solenoid C failure

End Of Sie
NO.7 NO SHIFTING[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310801200

7 No shifting
• Single shift range only.
DESCRIPTION
• Sometimes it shifts correctly.
• When the gear position is fixed in 3GR or 5GR* due to the fail-safe operation, malfunction is in the ATX.
• Perform malfunction diagnosis according to No.6 “LOW MAXIMUM SPEED AND POOR
ACCELERATION”. 05-03
— Clutch burnt (C1 clutch, C2 clutch, C3 clutch, B1 brake)
• Line pressure low
• Incorrect accelerator opening signal
• VSS malfunction
• Input/turbine speed sensor malfunction
• Sensor GND malfunction
POSSIBLE • Shift solenoid C malfunction
CAUSE • Shift solenoid D malfunction
• Shift solenoid E malfunction
• Line pressure control solenoid malfunction
• Shift solenoid F malfunction
• Control valve body malfunction
— 3GR or 5GR* is fixed (Operation in fail-safe function)
• Short or open circuit in wiring harness
• Poor connection of connector
• Poor ground of shift solenoid
• Malfunction of electronic parts of output and input system

* : If case of shift solenoid C failure

End Of Sie

05-03–15
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 16 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時19分

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


NO.8 DOES NOT SHIFT TO 6GR[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310801300

8 Does not shift to 6GR


• Vehicle does not upshift from 5GR to 6GR even though vehicle speed is increased.
DESCRIPTION • Vehicle does not shift to 6GR even though accelerator pedal is released in D range at 80 km/h {50
mph}.
• Basically, TCC does not operate when the fail-safe is operating. Verify the DTC at first. If the TCC
operates when driving at high speeds only, the malfunction (improper adjustment) is in the M range
switch circuit or TR switch circuit.
Caution
• If the TCC is stuck, inspect it. In addition, inspect the oil cooler for foreign particles which
may have mixed in with the ATF.

— TCC slippage, burnt


• Line pressure low
• Incorrect accelerator opening signal
• VSS malfunction
• Input/turbine speed sensor malfunction
• Sensor GND malfunction
— TFT sensor malfunction
• Short or open circuit in wiring harness
• Poor connection of connector
POSSIBLE • Sensor malfunction
CAUSE — TR switch malfunction
• Selector lever adjustment incorrect
• TR switch adjustment incorrect
— TCC control solenoid malfunction
• Short or open circuit in wiring harness
• Poor connection of connector
• Solenoid valve stuck
— M range switch malfunction
• Selector lever adjustment incorrect
• Short or open circuit in wiring harness
— Torque converter malfunction
— Control valve body malfunction

Note
• Before following the troubleshooting steps, make sure that the Automatic Transaxle On-Board
Diagnostic and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted. (See 05-03-3 BASIC
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 • With the ignition switch at the ON position. Yes Go to the next step.
• Does the gear position indicator light No Go to No.27 “GEAR POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES
indication correspond to selector lever NOT ILLUMINATE IN M RANGE”, or No.28 “GEAR
position? POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT ILLUMINATES IN D RANGE
OR P, N, R POSITIONS”.
2 • Drive the vehicle in D range and inspect Yes Go to the next step.
following: No No shift at all:
— 1–2 shift up and down • Go to No.7 “NO SHIFTING”.
— 2–3 shift up and down Abnormal shift:
— 3–4 shift up and down • Go to No.9 “ABNORMAL SHIFTING”.
— 4–5 shift up and down
— 5–6 shift up and down
• Are all shift-up and shift-down possible?
3 • Stop the engine. Yes Go to the next step.
• Inspect following solenoid. No Inspect for shift solenoid stuck.
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE (See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) AW6AX-EL].)
— Shift solenoid C
— Shift solenoid D
— Shift solenoid E
— Shift solenoid F
— Line pressure control solenoid
• Are they normal?

05-03–16
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 17 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時19分

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


STEP INSPECTION ACTION
4 • Remove the torque converter. Yes Inspect the ATF condition.
(See 05-17-46 TORQUE CONVERTER • If a large amount of metal specks are found, replace the
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, transaxle.
AW6AX-EL].) (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/
• Inspect the torque converter. INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Is the torque converter normal? • If a large amount of metal specks are not found, replace
the control valve body.
(See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
No Replace the torque converter.
5 • Verify test results.
— If normal, return to the diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
— If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform
repair or diagnosis.
• If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed.
• If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, replace the TCM.

End Of Sie 05-03


NO.9 ABNORMAL SHIFTING[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310801400

9 Abnormal shifting
DESCRIPTION • Shift incorrectly (incorrect shift pattern).
• There is a malfunction in the signal circuit which controls shifting (Accelerator opening signal, input/
turbine speed sensor, VSS), the control valve is stuck, or the clutch circuit is stuck.
— Clutch slippage, burnt (C1 clutch, C2 clutch, C3 clutch, B1 brake)
• Line pressure low
• Incorrect accelerator opening signal
• VSS malfunction
• Input/turbine speed sensor malfunction
• Sensor GND malfunction
• Shift solenoid C malfunction
• Shift solenoid D malfunction
POSSIBLE • Shift solenoid E malfunction
CAUSE • Line pressure control solenoid malfunction
• TCC control solenoid malfunction
• Shift solenoid F malfunction
• Body GND malfunction
• Control valve body malfunction
• TR switch adjustment incorrect

Note
• Before following the troubleshooting steps, make sure that the Automatic Transaxle On-Board
Diagnostic and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted. (See 05-03-3 BASIC
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 • Inspect for continuity between the TCM Yes Go to the next step.
terminal A9 and battery negative terminal. No Repair or replace ground circuit.
• Is there continuity?
2 • Inspect following shift solenoids. Yes Inspect the TCM terminal for bend, damage, corrosion or
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE poor contact.
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) No Inspect the coupler component.
— Shift solenoid C If normal, replace the control valve body.
— Shift solenoid D (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
— Shift solenoid E INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
— Line pressure control solenoid
— TCC control solenoid
— Shift solenoid F
• Are they normal?
3 • Verify test results.
— If normal, return to the diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
— If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform
repair or diagnosis.
• If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed.
• If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, replace the TCM.

05-03–17
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 18 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時19分

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


End Of Sie

NO.10 FREQUENT SHIFTING[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


id050310801500

10 Frequent shifting
DESCRIPTION • Downshifting occurs suddenly even when accelerator pedal is depressed slightly in D range.
• The malfunctioning circuit is basically the same as No.9 “ABNORMAL SHIFTING”. However, a
POSSIBLE malfunction of the input signal to the accelerator pedal position sensor, APP sensor, input/turbine speed
CAUSE sensor, VSS (including the sensor GND, sensor wiring harness and connector), or clutch slippage
(clutch stuck, low pressure in line) may also be the cause.

End Of Sie
NO.11 SHIFT POINT IS HIGH OR LOW[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310801600

11 Shift point is high or low


• Shift point considerably different from automatic shift diagram.
DESCRIPTION • Shift delays when accelerating.
• Shift occurs quickly when accelerating and engine speed does not increase.
• If the transaxle does not shift abnormally, there is a malfunction of the input signal to the APP sensor,
POSSIBLE input/turbine speed sensor, or VSS.
CAUSE • If the engine speed is high or low, regardless of normal shifting, inspect the tachometer.
• Verify that the output signals of the accelerator pedal position sensor and APP sensor change linearly.

End Of Sie
NO.12 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH (TCC) NON-OPERATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310801700

12 Torque converter clutch (TCC) non-operation


DESCRIPTION • TCC does not operate when vehicle reaches TCC operation range.
• Basically, TCC does not operate when the fail-safe is operating. Verify the DTC at first. If the TCC
operates when driving at high speeds only, the malfunction (improper adjustment) is in the M range
switch circuit or TR switch circuit.
Caution
• If the TCC is stuck, inspect it. In addition, inspect the oil cooler for foreign particles which
may have mixed in with the ATF.

• TCC slippage, burnt


— Line pressure low
• Incorrect accelerator opening signal
• Input/turbine speed sensor malfunction
• VSS malfunction
POSSIBLE
• Output solenoid valve system malfunction (Sticking)
CAUSE
• TCC control solenoid malfunction
• Control valve body system malfunction (Poor operation, sticking)
• TCC hydraulic pressure system malfunction
• Accelerator pedal position sensor malfunction (Not operating linearly)
• Input/turbine speed sensor or VSS malfunction
• Operation of fail-safe function.
— Short to power or GND at TCC control solenoid related circuit.

Note
• Before following the troubleshooting steps, make sure that the Automatic Transaxle On-Board
Diagnostic and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted. (See 05-03-3 BASIC
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 • With the ignition switch at the ON position. Yes Go to the next step.
• Does the gear position indicator light No Go to No.27 “GEAR POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES
indication correspond to the selector lever NOT ILLUMINATE IN M RANGE”, or No.28 “GEAR
position? POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT ILLUMINATES IN D RANGE
OR P, N, R POSITIONS”.
2 • Disconnect the TCM. Yes Go to the next step.
• Is the resistance between the TCM ground No Repair open ground circuit.
terminal A9 and the body GND less than 5.0
ohms?

05-03–18
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 19 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時19分

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


STEP INSPECTION ACTION
3 • Inspect the line pressure control solenoid. Yes Go to the next step.
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE No Replace the control valve body.
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
• Is the line pressure control solenoid normal? INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
4 • Remove the torque converter. Yes Inspect the ATF condition.
(See 05-17-46 TORQUE CONVERTER • If a large amount of metal specks are found, replace the
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, transaxle.
AW6AX-EL].) (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/
• Inspect the torque converter. INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Is the torque converter normal? • If a large amount of metal specks are not found, replace
the control valve body.
(See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
No Replace the torque converter.
5 • Verify test results.
— If normal, return to the diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
— If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform
repair or diagnosis. 05-03
• If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed.
• If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, replace the TCM.

End Of Sie
NO.13 NO KICKDOWN[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310801800

13 No kickdown
DESCRIPTION • Does not downshift when accelerator pedal is fully depressed within kickdown range.
• If transaxle does not downshift though shifting is normal, the malfunction is in the accelerator pedal
POSSIBLE
position sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor circuits (including sensor GND, sensor wiring
CAUSE
harness and connector).

End Of Sie
NO.14 ENGINE FLARES UP OR SLIPS WHEN UPSHIFTING OR DOWNSHIFTING[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310801900

14 Engine flares up or slips when upshifting or downshifting


• When the accelerator pedal is depressed for acceleration from standstill, engine speed increases but
the vehicle speed increases slowly.
DESCRIPTION
• When the accelerator pedal is depressed while driving, engine speed increases but the vehicle speed
does not.
• There is clutch slippage because the clutch is stuck or the line pressure is low.
— Clutch stuck, slippage (C1 clutch, C2 clutch, C3 clutch, B1 brake)
• Line pressure low
• Incorrect accelerator opening signal
• VSS malfunction
• Input/turbine speed sensor malfunction
• Sensor GND malfunction
• Shift solenoid C malfunction
• Shift solenoid D malfunction
POSSIBLE • Shift solenoid E malfunction
CAUSE • Line pressure control solenoid malfunction
• TCC control solenoid malfunction
• Shift solenoid F malfunction
• Body GND malfunction
• Control valve body malfunction

Note
• Before following the troubleshooting steps, make sure that the Automatic Transaxle On-Board
Diagnostic and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted. (See 05-03-3 BASIC
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)

05-03–19
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 20 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時19分

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 • Is the line pressure normal? Yes Go to the next step.
(See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM No Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts according to the
TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) inspection results.
2 • Is shift point normal? Yes Go to the next step.
(See 05-17-7 ROAD TEST[AW6A-EL, No Go to No.9 “ABNORMAL SHIFTING”.
AW6AX-EL].)
3 • Stop the engine. Yes Inspect the ATF condition.
• Inspect following solenoids. • If a large amount of metal specks are found, replace the
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE transaxle.
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/
— Shift solenoid C INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
— Shift solenoid D • If a large amount of metal specks are not found, replace
— Shift solenoid E the control valve body.
— Line pressure control solenoid (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
— TCC control solenoid INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
— Shift solenoid F No Replace the control valve body.
• Are they normal? (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
4 • Inspect the coupler component for open or Yes Go to the next step.
short. No Replace the coupler component.
• Are coupler component normal?
5 • Inspect the ATF condition. Yes Replace the transaxle.
• Are a large amount of specks found? (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
No Replace the control valve body.
(See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
6 • Verify test results.
— If normal, return to the diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
— If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform
repair or diagnosis.
• If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed.
• If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, replace the TCM.

End Of Sie
NO.15 ENGINE FLARES UP OR SLIPS WHEN ACCELERATING VEHICLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310802000

15 Engine flares up or slips when accelerating the vehicle


• Engine flares up when the accelerator pedal is depressed for upshifting.
DESCRIPTION
• Engine flares up suddenly when the accelerator pedal is depressed for downshifting.
• The malfunction is basically the same as for No.14 “ENGINE FLARES UP OR SLIPS WHEN
POSSIBLE
UPSHIFTING OR DOWNSHIFTING”.
CAUSE
— If conditions for No.14 worsen, the malfunction will develop to No.15.

End Of Sie

05-03–20
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 21 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時19分

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


NO.16 JUDDER UPON TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH (TCC) OPERATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310802100

16 Judder upon torque converter clutch (TCC) operation


DESCRIPTION • Vehicle jolts when TCC is engaged.
• Poor TCC engagement due to either slippage because the TCC piston is stuck or the line pressure is
low.
Caution
• If the TCC is stuck, inspect it. In addition, inspect the oil cooler for foreign particles which
may have mixed in with the ATF.

— TCC slippage, burnt


POSSIBLE • Line pressure low
CAUSE • Incorrect accelerator opening signal
• VSS malfunction
• Input/turbine speed sensor malfunction
• Sensor GND malfunction
• TCC control solenoid malfunction
• Control valve body malfunction
— Torque converter malfunction 05-03
— Centrifugal hydraulic pressure clutch is not operating properly

End Of Sie
NO.17 EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK FROM N TO D OR N TO R POSITION/RANGE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310802200

17 Excessive shift shock from N to D or N to R position/range


DESCRIPTION • Strong shock felt when shifting from N to D or N to R position/range at idle.
• Shift shock may worsen when the fail-safe is operating. If no DTC is output, the shift shock may worsen
due to poor operation of the control valve body or sticking of the clutch.
— Clutch burnt (N→D: C1 clutch, N→R: C3 clutch or B2 brake)
• Line pressure low
• Incorrect accelerator opening signal
• TFT sensor malfunction
• Sensor GND malfunction
• Shift solenoid C malfunction
• Shift solenoid E malfunction
• Line pressure control solenoid malfunction
POSSIBLE • Control valve body malfunction
CAUSE — Poor hydraulic operation (Malfunction in range change)
— Idle speed high
— Poor tightening torque of engine mount, exhaust mount
— Line pressure high
— Garage shift control is not learned
• Initial learning did not perform

Note
• Before following the troubleshooting steps, make sure that the Automatic Transaxle On-Board
Diagnostic and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted. (See 05-03-3 BASIC
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 • Does the shift shock occur only when the Yes Go to the next step.
engine is cold? No Go to Step 3.
2 • Inspect the TFT sensor and related wiring Yes Go to the next step.
harness: vibration, intermittent open/short No Repair or replace part if necessary.
circuit.
(See 05-17-12 TRANSAXLE FLUID
TEMPERATURE (TFT) SENSOR
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Is it normal?
3 • Perform the initial learning procedure. Yes Troubleshooting is completed.
(See 05-03-22 Initial Learning.) No Go to the next step.
• Does symptom eliminate?
4 • Is the line pressure normal? Yes Go to the next step.
(See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM No Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts according to the
TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) inspection results.

05-03–21
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 22 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時19分

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


STEP INSPECTION ACTION
5 • Is stall speed normal? Yes Go to the next step.
(See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM No Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts according to the
TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) inspection results.
6 • Stop the engine. Yes Inspect the ATF condition.
• Inspect following solenoids. • If a large amount of metal specks are found, replace the
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE transaxle.
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/
— Line pressure control solenoid INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
— Shift solenoid C • If a large amount of metal specks are not found, replace
— Shift solenoid E the control valve body.
• Are they normal? (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
No • Replace the control valve body.
(See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
7 • Verify test results.
— If normal, return to the diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
— If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform
repair or diagnosis.
• If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed.
• If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, replace the TCM.

Initial Learning

Warning
• When performing initial learning, be aware of other vehicles, people, and other impediments in
order to avoid an accident.

Note
• While self-learning control gradually reduces shock during normal driving, initial learning is performed to
initially learn a certain amount of driving conditions.

1. Warm-up
• Increase the ATF temperature by leaving the vehicle idling or performing city driving. Verify that the ATF
temperature is between 66— 110 °C {151— 230 °F}. If the ATF temperature is outside this range, work to
bring it inside the range.

Caution
• Do not raise the ATF temperature by stalling the engine.

Note
• If the ATF temperature is not between 66— 110 °C {151— 230 °F}, initial learning cannot be performed.
Before learning, inspect for variable shift shock.

2. Garage shift learning


• With the vehicle standing still, depress the brake pedal and keep the selector lever in N position for 3 s.
Then, shift the selector lever from the N position into D range, and maintain in this condition for 3 s. Repeat
this procedure 5 times. Then repeat it 5 times in the same way for R position.
3. Gear shift control learning
• In D range, with the accelerator opening between 25— 30%, drive until you reach 6th gear and a vehicle
speed of 80 km/h {50 mph} or higher. Then, release the accelerator pedal and coast, and bring the vehicle
to a stop in at least 60 s. Repeat this procedure 10 times.
4. Inspect learning results
• Verify that variable speed shock and shift shock have decreased compared to the conditions before
learning.
End Of Sie

05-03–22
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 23 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時19分

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


NO.18 EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK IS GIVEN WHEN UPSHIFTING AND DOWNSHIFTING[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL]
id050310802300

18 Excessive shift shock is given when upshifting and downshifting


• Excessive shift shock is felt when depressing the accelerator pedal at upshifting.
DESCRIPTION
• During cruising, excessive shift shock is felt when depressing accelerator pedal at downshifting.
• Shift shock may worsen when the fail-safe is operating. The shift shock may worsen if the accelerator
pedal position sensor, APP sensor, input/turbine speed sensor, or VSS signal malfunctions.
— Clutch slippage, burnt (C1 clutch, C2 clutch, C3 clutch, B1 brake)
• Line pressure low, high
• Incorrect accelerator opening signal
• VSS malfunction
• Input/turbine speed sensor malfunction
• TFT sensor malfunction
POSSIBLE
• Shift solenoid C malfunction
CAUSE
• Shift solenoid D malfunction
• Shift solenoid E malfunction
• Line pressure control solenoid malfunction
• TCC control solenoid malfunction
05-03
• Shift solenoid F malfunction
• Body GND and sensor GND malfunction
• Control valve body malfunction
— Poor hydraulic operation (Malfunction in range change)

End Of Sie
NO.19 EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK ON TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH (TCC)[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310802400

19 Excessive shift shock on torque converter clutch (TCC)


DESCRIPTION • Strong shock is felt when the TCC is engaged.
POSSIBLE • The troubleshooting flow is the same as No.16 “JUDDER UPON TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH
CAUSE (TCC) OPERATION”.

End Of Sie
NO.20 NOISE OCCURS AT IDLE WHEN VEHICLE IS STOPPED IN ALL POSITIONS/RANGES[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL]
id050310802500

20 Noise occurs at idle when vehicle is stopped in all positions/ranges


DESCRIPTION • Transaxle is noisy in all positions and ranges when the vehicle is idling.
• The malfunction is in the pressure solenoid or oil pump which causes a high-pitched noise to be emitted
from the transaxle at idle.

Note
• If a noise is emitted during shifting only, the malfunction is in the C1 clutch, C2 clutch, C3 clutch
POSSIBLE
or B1 brake.
CAUSE
• If a noise is emitted during shifting at certain gears only or during deceleration only, it is gear
noise.
• Before following the troubleshooting steps, make sure that the Automatic Transaxle On-Board
Diagnostic and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted. (See 05-03-3 BASIC
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 • Inspect engine condition. Yes Go to appropriate symptom troubleshooting.
• Is there any engine concern (e.g. Rough (See 01-03-5 ENGINE SYMPTOM
idle)? TROUBLESHOOTING[L3 WITH TC].)
No Replace basic inspection and repair or replace any
malfunctioning parts according to the inspection result
2 • Verify test results.
— If normal, return to the diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
— If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform
repair or diagnosis.
• If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed.
• If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, replace the TCM.

End Of Sie

05-03–23
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 24 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時19分

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


NO.21 NOISE OCCURS AT IDLE WHEN VEHICLE IS STOPPED IN D RANGE, OR IN R POSITION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL]
id050310802600

21 Noise occurs at idle when vehicle is stopped in D range, or in R position


DESCRIPTION • Transaxle is noisy in driving ranges when vehicle idling.
• Although the malfunction is basically the same as No.20 “NOISE OCCURS AT IDLE WHEN VEHICLE
POSSIBLE
IS STOPPED IN ALL POSITIONS/RANGES”, other causes may include selector lever position disparity
CAUSE
or TR switch position disparity.

End Of Sie
NO.22 NO ENGINE BRAKING IN 1GR POSITION OF M RANGE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310802700

22 No engine braking in 1GR position of M range


• Engine speed drops to idle but the vehicle coasts when the accelerator pedal is released during
cruising at medium to high speeds.
DESCRIPTION
• Engine speed drops to idle but the vehicle coasts when accelerator pedal is released when in M range
(1GR) at low vehicle speed.
• Clutch slippage, burnt (B2 brake)
— Line pressure low
• VSS malfunction
• Input/turbine speed sensor malfunction
• Shift solenoid A or B malfunction
POSSIBLE • Sensor GND malfunction
CAUSE • Control valve body malfunction

Note
• Before following the troubleshooting steps, make sure that the Automatic Transaxle On-Board
Diagnostic and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted. (See 05-03-3 BASIC
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 • Do the following symptoms occur Yes Go to No.14 “ENGINE FLARES UP OR SLIPS WHEN
concurrently? UPSHIFTING OR DOWNSHIFTING”, or No.15 “ENGINE
— Engine flares up or slips during FLARES UP OR SLIPS WHEN ACCELERATING
acceleration VEHICLE”.
— Engine flares up or slips when shifting No Go to the next step.
2 • Stop the engine. Yes Inspect the ATF condition.
• Inspect following solenoids. • If a large amount of metal specks are found, replace the
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE transaxle.
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/
— Shift solenoid A INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
— Shift solenoid B • If a large amount of metal specks are not found, replace
• Are the normal? the control valve body.
(See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
No Replace the control valve body.
(See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
3 • Verify test results.
— If normal, return to the diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
— If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform
repair or diagnosis.
• If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed.
• If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, replace the TCM.

End Of Sie

05-03–24
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 25 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時19分

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


NO.23 TRANSAXLE OVERHEATS[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310802800

23 TRANSAXLE OVERHEATS
• Burnt smell emitted from transaxle.
DESCRIPTION
• Smoke emitted from transaxle.
• The malfunction is restricted to the hindrance of coolant at the oil cooler. In addition, overheating of the
transaxle may be caused by a malfunction of the TFT sensor.
— Line pressure low
• ATF level low
• Incorrect accelerator opening signal
— Oil cooler malfunction (Foreign material mixed in with ATF)
POSSIBLE — TFT sensor malfunction
CAUSE — Excessive amount of ATF

Note
• Before following the troubleshooting steps, make sure that the Automatic Transaxle On-Board
Diagnostic and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted. (See 05-03-3 BASIC
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
05-03
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 • Is the line pressure normal? Yes Go to the next step.
(See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM No Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts according to the
TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) inspection results.
2 • Is stall speed normal? Yes Go to the next step.
(See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM No Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts according to the
TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) inspection results.
3 • Inspect the TFT sensor and related wiring Yes Go to the next step.
harness: vibration, intermittent open/short No Repair or replace part if necessary.
circuit
(See 05-17-12 TRANSAXLE FLUID
TEMPERATURE (TFT) SENSOR
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Is it normal?
4 • Inspect the line pressure control solenoid. Yes Go to the next step.
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE No Replace the control valve body.
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
• Is it normal? INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
5 • Inspect for bending, damage, corrosion or Yes Replace the transaxle.
kinks of the oil cooler pipes. (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/
• Are oil cooler pipes normal? INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
No Replace any malfunctioning parts.
6 • Verify test results.
— If normal, return to the diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
— If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform
repair or diagnosis.
• If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed.
• If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, replace the TCM.

End Of Sie

05-03–25
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 26 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時19分

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


NO.24 ENGINE STALLS WHEN SHIFTED TO D RANGE, OR IN R POSITION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310802900

24 Engine stalls when shifted to D range, or in R position


DESCRIPTION • Engine stalls when shifting from N or P position to D range or R position at idle.
• The malfunction is on the engine control side (e.g. electronic controlled throttle system). Otherwise, the
malfunction is in the input/turbine speed sensor (engine sometimes starts) or the TCC circuit (engine
always stalls).
POSSIBLE
CAUSE Note
• Before following the troubleshooting steps, make sure that the Automatic Transaxle On-Board
Diagnostic and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted. (See 05-03-3 BASIC
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 • Go to symptom troubleshooting No.5 Yes Go to the next step.
“ENGINE STALLS-AFTER START/AT IDLE”. No Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts according to the
(See 01-03-23 NO.5 ENGINE STALLS- inspection results.
AFTER START/AT IDLE[L3 WITH TC].)
• Is the engine control system normal?
2 • Remove the torque converter. Yes Inspect for bending, damage, corrosion or kinks of the oil
(See 05-17-46 TORQUE CONVERTER cooler pipes.
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, • If normal, replace the control valve body.
AW6AX-EL].) (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
• Inspect the torque converter. INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
• Is the torque converter normal? • If problem remains, replace the transaxle.
(See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
No Replace the torque converter.
3 • Verify test results.
— If normal, return to the diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
— If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform
repair or diagnosis.
• If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed.
• If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, replace the TCM.

End Of Sie
NO.25 ENGINE STALLS WHEN DRIVING AT SLOW SPEED OR STOPPING[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310803000

25 Engine stalls when driving at slow speeds or stopping


DESCRIPTION • Engine stalls when the brake pedal is depressed while driving at low speed or stopping.
• The malfunction is in the engine control system (e.g. Fuel injection control, electronic controlled throttle
system)
POSSIBLE Note
CAUSE
• Before following the troubleshooting steps, make sure that the Automatic Transaxle On-Board
Diagnostic and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted. (See 05-03-3 BASIC
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 • Go to symptom troubleshooting No.10 “LOW Yes Go to No.24 “ENGINE STALLS WHEN SHIFTED TO D
IDLE/STALLS DURING DECELERATION”. RANGE, OR IN R POSITION”.
(See 01-03-39 NO.10 LOW IDLE/STALLS No Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts according to the
DURING DECELERATION[L3 WITH TC].) inspection results.
• Is the engine control system normal?
2 • Verify test results.
— If normal, return to the diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
— If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform
repair or diagnosis.
• If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed.
• If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, replace the TCM.

End Of Sie

05-03–26
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 27 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時19分

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


NO.26 STARTER DOES NOT WORK[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310803100

26 Starter does not work


DESCRIPTION • Starter does not work even when in P or N position.
• Selector lever mis-adjustment
• TR switch malfunction
POSSIBLE
• N position learning is not performed.
CAUSE
• Transaxle operates in fail-safe function (Starter lock system related circuit open or short)
• Immobilizer system operating or system malfunction.

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 • Perform the N position learning. Yes Troubleshooting is completed.
(See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/ If the other symptom occurs, go to applicable
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) troubleshooting procedure.
• Does the problem eliminate? No Go to the next step.
2 • Inspect the TR switch. Yes Go to engine system troubleshooting No.3 “WILL NOT
(See 05-17-11 TRANSAXLE RANGE (TR) CRANK” troubleshooting procedure. 05-03
SWITCH INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX- No Replace the TR switch and perform initial learning
EL].) procedure.
• Is the TR switch normal? (See 05-03-21 NO.17 EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK FROM N
TO D OR N TO R POSITION/RANGE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)
3 • Verify test results.
— If normal, return to the diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
— If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform
repair or diagnosis.
• If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed.
• If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, replace the TCM.

End Of Sie
NO.27 GEAR POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT ILLUMINATE IN M RANGE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310803200

27 Gear position indicator light does not illuminate in M range


• Gear position indicator light in instrument cluster does not illuminate in M range with the ignition switch
DESCRIPTION
at ON.
• M range switch, gear position indicator light or related wiring harness malfunction

POSSIBLE Note
CAUSE • Before following the troubleshooting steps, make sure that the Automatic Transaxle On-Board
Diagnostic and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted. (See 05-03-3 BASIC
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 • Do other indicator lights illuminate with the Yes Go to the next step.
ignition switch at ON? No Inspect the meter fuse.
2 • Inspect the voltage at the TCM terminal A7. Yes Inspect the instrument cluster.
(See 05-17-21 TCM INSPECTION[AW6A- No Inspect the M range switch.
EL, AW6AX-EL].) If the M range switch is normal, inspect for continuity
• Is the voltage normal? between the M range switch and TCM terminal A7.
3 • Verify test results.
— If normal, return to the diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
— If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform
repair or diagnosis.
• If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed.
• If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, replace the TCM.

End Of Sie

05-03–27
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 28 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時19分

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


NO.28 GEAR POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT ILLUMINATES IN D RANGE OR P, N, R POSITIONS[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL]
id050310803300

28 Gear position indicator light illuminates when in D range or P, N, R positions


• Gear position indicator light in instrument cluster illuminates in D range or P, N, R position with the
DESCRIPTION
ignition switch at ON.
• M range switch or related wiring harness malfunction

POSSIBLE Note
CAUSE • Before following the troubleshooting steps, make sure that the Automatic Transaxle On-Board
Diagnostic and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted. (See 05-03-3 BASIC
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 • Inspect the voltage at the TCM terminal A7. Yes Inspect the instrument cluster.
(See 05-17-21 TCM INSPECTION[AW6A- No Inspect the M range switch.
EL, AW6AX-EL].) If the M range switch is normal, inspect for continuity
• Is the voltage normal? between the M range switch and TCM terminal A7.
2 • Verify test results.
— If normal, return to the diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
— If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform
repair or diagnosis.
• If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed.
• If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, replace the TCM.
End Of Sie
NO.29 DOES NOT UPSHIFT IN M RANGE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310803400

29 Does not upshift in M range


• Gear position indicator light in instrument cluster illuminates, but the vehicle does not upshift when the
DESCRIPTION
selector lever is pushed to “+” side.
POSSIBLE • Up switch or related wiring harness malfunction
CAUSE
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 Inspect the voltage at the TCM terminal A3. Yes Inspect the instrument cluster.
(See 05-17-21 TCM INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, No Inspect the up switch.
AW6AX-EL].) • If the up switch is normal, inspect for continuity between
Is the voltage normal? the up switch and TCM terminal A3.
2 • Verify test results.
— If normal, return to the diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
— If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform
repair or diagnosis.
• If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed.
• If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, replace the TCM.
End Of Sie
NO.30 DOES NOT DOWNSHIFT IN M RANGE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id050310803500

30 Does not downshift in M range


• Gear position indicator light in instrument cluster illuminates, but the vehicle does not downshift when
DESCRIPTION
the selector lever is pushed to “–” side.
POSSIBLE • Down switch or related wiring harness malfunction
CAUSE
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 Inspect the voltage at the TCM terminal A4. Yes Inspect the instrument cluster.
(See 05-17-21 TCM INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, No Inspect the down switch.
AW6AX-EL].) • If the down switch is normal, inspect for continuity
Is the voltage normal? between the down switch and TCM terminal A4.

05-03–28
1871-1U-06B(05-03).fm 29 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時19分

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


STEP INSPECTION ACTION
2 • Verify test results.
— If normal, return to the diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
— If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform
repair or diagnosis.
• If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed.
• If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, replace the TCM.
End Of Sie

05-03

05-03–29
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 1 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


05-17 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE LOCATION TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
INDEX[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . 05-17–2 [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–25
MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST Neutral Position Learning . . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–28
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–3 OIL SEAL (MANUAL SHAFT)
Mechanical System Test Preparation. . 05-17–3 REPLACEMENT
Line Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–3 [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–28
Stall Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–5 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
Time Lag Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–6 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
ROAD TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . 05-17–7 [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–29
Road Test Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–7 Torque Converter Nuts Removal Note . 05-17–32
Shift Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–7 No.4 Engine Mount Bracket
D Range Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–8 Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–32
M Range Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–9 Transaxle Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–34
P Position Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–10 Transaxle Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–34
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) No.4 Engine Mount Bracket
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . 05-17–10 Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–34 05-17
Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) No.1 Engine Mount Installation Note. . . 05-17–34
Condition Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–10 Torque Converter Nuts
Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–35
Level Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–10 Selector Cable Installation Note . . . . . . 05-17–35
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID OIL SEAL (DIFFERENTIAL)
(ATF) REPLACEMENT REPLACEMENT
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–11 [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–35
TRANSAXLE RANGE (TR) SWITCH DIFFERENTIAL GEAR O-RING
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . 05-17–11 REPLACEMENT
TRANSAXLE FLUID TEMPERATURE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–37
(TFT) SENSOR INSPECTION CONTROL VALVE BODY
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–12 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
On-Vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–12 [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–38
Off-Vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–12 On-Vehicle Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–38
TRANSAXLE FLUID TEMPERATURE On-Vehicle Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–42
(TFT) SENSOR OIL SEAL (OIL PUMP)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION REPLACEMENT
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–13 [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–45
INPUT/TURBINE SPEED SENSOR TORQUE CONVERTER
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . 05-17–15 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
On-Vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–15 [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–46
Off-Vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–16 OIL COOLER FLUSHING
INPUT/TURBINE SPEED SENSOR [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–47
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION OIL COOLER
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–17 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS) [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–47
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . 05-17–18 Radiator (In Tank Oil Cooler)
On-Vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–18 Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–49
Off-Vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–18 Oil Pipe, Hose Clamp,
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS) Oil Hose Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–49
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION OIL COOLER
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–19 DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–50
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–20 Radiator Outer Tank
Resistance Inspection (In Tank Oil Cooler) Removal Note. . . 05-17–51
(On-Vehicle Inspection). . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–20 Radiator Outer Tank
Continuity Inspection (In Tank Oil Cooler)
(On-Vehicle Inspection). . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–20 Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–51
TCM INSPECTION DRIVE PLATE
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–21 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TR Switch Operating Inspection . . . . . 05-17–21 [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–52
Control Module Inspection . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–21 Drive Plate Mounting Bolts
Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-17–53
Drive Plate Installation Note . . . . . . . . . 05-17–53

End of Toc

05-17–1
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 2 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE LOCATION INDEX[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
WM: AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE

id051723802000

10 7

11

13
12

6
15
8

14
4 3

acxuuw00000486
.

1 Automatic transaxle fluid (ATF)


(See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID
(ATF) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-17-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID
(ATF) REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)

05-17–2
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 3 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


2 Transaxle fluid temperature (TFT) sensor 8 Automatic transaxle
(See 05-17-12 TRANSAXLE FLUID (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
TEMPERATURE (TFT) SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) 9 Oil seal (differential)
(See 05-17-13 TRANSAXLE FLUID (See 05-17-35 OIL SEAL (DIFFERENTIAL)
TEMPERATURE (TFT) SENSOR REMOVAL/ REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
10 Differential gear O-ring
3 Input/turbine speed sensor (See 05-17-37 DIFFERENTIAL GEAR O-RING
(See 05-17-15 INPUT/TURBINE SPEED SENSOR REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
(See 05-17-17 INPUT/TURBINE SPEED SENSOR 11 Control valve body
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
4 Vehicle speed sensor
(See 05-17-18 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS) 12 Torque converter
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) (See 05-17-46 TORQUE CONVERTER REMOVAL/
(See 05-17-19 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS) INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) 13 Oil seal (oil pump)
5 Solenoid valve (See 05-17-45 OIL SEAL (OIL PUMP)
(See 05-17-20 SOLENOID VALVE REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
05-17
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) 14 Oil cooler
6 TCM (See 05-17-47 OIL COOLER FLUSHING[AW6A-
(See 05-17-11 TRANSAXLE RANGE (TR) EL, AW6AX-EL].)
SWITCH INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) (See 05-17-47 OIL COOLER REMOVAL/
(See 05-17-21 TCM INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
AW6AX-EL].) (See 05-17-50 OIL COOLER DISASSEMBLY/
(See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/ ASSEMBLY[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) 15 Drive plate
7 Oil seal (manual shaft) (See 05-17-52 DRIVE PLATE REMOVAL/
(See 05-17-28 OIL SEAL (MANUAL SHAFT) INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)

End Of Sie
MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id051723802100
Mechanical System Test Preparation
1. Engage the parking brake and use wheel chocks at the front and rear of the wheels.
2. Inspect the engine coolant level. (See 01-12-2 COOLING SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS[L3 WITH TC].) (See
01-12-3 ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
3. Inspect the engine oil level. (See 01-11-3 ENGINE OIL LEVEL INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
4. Inspect the ATF level. (See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
5. Inspect the idle speed. (See 01-10-35 ENGINE TUNE-UP[L3 WITH TC].)
6. Inspect the ignition timing. (See 01-10-35 ENGINE TUNE-UP[L3 WITH TC].)

Line Pressure Test


1. Perform mechanical system test preparation. (See05-17-3 Mechanical System Test Preparation.)
2. Remove the harness bracket.
HARNESS BRACKET
Warning
• Removing the test plug when the ATF is
hot can be dangerous. Hot ATF can come
out of the opening and badly burn you.
Before removing the test plug, allow the
ATF to cool.
7.8—10.8 N·m
{80—110 kgf·cm,
70—95 in·lbf}
acxuuw00002187

05-17–3
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 4 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


3. Connect the SSTs (49 HD64 406A and, 49 0378 400C) to the line pressure inspection port and replace the
gauge of the SST (49 0378 400C) with the SST (49 B019 901B).

D, M RANGE R POSITION

49 B019 901B 49 B019 901B


49 HD64 406A 49 HD64 406A

49 0378 400C

49 0378 400C

acxuuw00000479

4. Start the engine and warm it up until the ATF reaches 60— 70 °C {140— 158 °F}.
5. Shift the selector lever to the D range.

Caution
• Perform the test at least 3 times and calculate the average.

6. Read the line pressure while the engine is idling for the D range.
7. Read the line pressure while the engine is idling for the R position and M range in the same manner as in Steps
4— 5.

Line pressure
Position/range Line pressure (kPa {kgf/cm2, psi})
D, M Idle 350— 410 {3.6— 4.1, 51— 59}
R Idle 580— 670 {6.0— 6.8, 85— 97}

8. Stop the engine, then replace the SST (49 B019 901B) with the gauge of the SST (49 0378 400C).
9. Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2.
10. Measure the LPS PID value.
11. Start the engine.
12. Firmly depress the brake pedal with the left foot.
13. Shift the selector lever to the D range.

Caution
• If the accelerator pedal is pressed for
more than 5 s while the brake pedal is
pressed, the transaxle could be
damaged. Therefore, perform Steps 13
DLC-2
and 14 within 5 s.
acxuuw00000480

14. Gradually depress the accelerator pedal with the


right foot.
15. When the engine speed no longer increases, quickly read the line pressure and release the accelerator pedal.
16. Shift the selector lever to the N position and idle the engine for 1 min or more to cool the ATF.

05-17–4
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 5 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


17. Verify that the line pressure and LPS PID current values change according to the following graph by changing
the shift throttle opening angle when shifting to the D range and R position with the engine running.
— The line pressure standard other than when the engine is idling cannot be determined because the
maximum line pressure for this automatic transaxle is controlled by vehicle conditions.

R POSITION D RANGE LINE PRESSURE


2,000
{20.4, 290}
1,500 1,000
{15.3, 218}

LINE PRESSURE LINE PRESSURE


(kPa {kgf/cm2 ,psi}) CONTROL SOLENOID
CURRENT
(mA)

500
{5.1, 73} 300 CURRENT 300
{5.1, 73}
05-17

IDLE STALL
THROTTLE OPENING

acxuuw00000481

Warning
• Removing the SST when the ATF is hot can be dangerous. Hot ATF can come out of the opening
and badly burn you. Before removing the SST, allow the ATF to cool.

18. Remove the SSTs.


19. Install a test plug in the inspection port.

Tightening torque
5.9— 8.8 N·m {61— 89 kgf·cm, 53— 77 in·lbf}

Line pressure test evaluation


Condition Possible cause
• Line pressure control solenoid malfunction
Lower than specification in D range and • Primary regulator valve malfunction
R position • Oil pump malfunction
• Oil leaking from D range or R position hydraulic circuit
Constant pressure without fluctuation in
• Line pressure control solenoid malfunction
hydraulic pressure to throttle in D range
• Control valve body internal malfunction
and R position
Current to throttle does not change in D • TCM internal malfunction
range and R position • Connector malfunction
Hydraulic pressure in R position is not
• Primary regulator valve malfunction
higher than D range

Stall Test
1. Perform mechanical system test preparation. (See 05-17-3 Mechanical System Test Preparation.)
2. Start the engine.
3. Firmly depress the brake pedal with the left foot.
4. Shift the selector lever to the D range.

Caution
• If the accelerator pedal is depressed for more than 5 s while the brake pedal is depressed, the
transaxle could be damaged. Therefore, perform Steps 5 and 6 within 5 s.
• Perform the test at least 3 times and calculate the average.

5. Gently depress the accelerator pedal with the right foot.


6. When the engine speed no longer increases, quickly read the engine speed and release the accelerator pedal.
7. Shift the selector lever to the N position and idle the engine for 1 min or more to cool the ATF.
8. Perform a stall test of the M range and R position in the same manner as in Steps 3— 7.
9. Turn off the engine.

05-17–5
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 6 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


Engine stall speed
Position/range Engine stall speed (rpm)
D, M
2,800
R

Evaluation of stall test


Condition Possible cause
• Low line pressure (Line pressure control solenoid
malfunction, primary regulator valve malfunction)
• Control valve body component malfunction (shift solenoid
In D, M ranges
C hydraulic pressure system)
• C1 clutch slipping
• One-way clutch malfunction
• Low line pressure (Line pressure control solenoid
malfunction, primary regulator valve malfunction)
Above specification
• Control valve body component malfunction (shift solenoid
In R position
E hydraulic pressure system)
• C3 clutch malfunction (slipping)
• B2 brake malfunction (slipping)
• Low line pressure (Line pressure control solenoid
malfunction, primary regulator valve malfunction)
In all positions/ranges
• Oil pump malfunction
• Oil strainer clogging
• Engine lack of power
Below specification
• Torque converter one-way clutch slipping

Time Lag Test


1. Perform mechanical system test preparation. (See05-17-3 Mechanical System Test Preparation.)
2. Start the engine.
3. Warm up the engine until the ATF temperature reaches 60— 70°C {140— 158°F}.
4. Shift the selector lever from the N position to D range.
5. Use a stopwatch to measure the time it takes from shifting until shock is felt. Take three measurements for each
test and average from the results using the following formula.

Formula
Average time lag = (Time 1 + Time 2 + Time 3) / 3

6. Perform the test for the following shifts in the same manner as in Step 5.
• N position → R position

Average time lag


N position → D range: 1.5 s or less
N position → R position: 1.5 s or less

Evaluation of time lag test


Condition Possible cause
• Control valve body malfunction (shift solenoid C hydraulic
pressure system)
• C1 clutch slipping
N→D shift More than specification
• One-way clutch malfunction
• Oil pump malfunction
• Oil strainer clogging
• Control valve body malfunction (shift solenoid E hydraulic
pressure system)
• C3 clutch slipping
N→R shift More than specification
• B2 brake slipping
• Oil pump malfunction
• Oil strainer clogging

End Of Sie

05-17–6
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 7 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


ROAD TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id051723802200

Warning
• When performing a road test, be aware of other vehicles, people, and other impediments in order
to avoid an accident.

Note
• When the legal speed limit must be exceeded, use a chassis dynamometer instead of performing a road
test.

Road Test Preparation


1. Inspect the engine coolant level. (See 01-12-2 COOLING SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS[L3 WITH TC].) (See
01-12-3 ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
2. Inspect the engine oil level. (See 01-11-3 ENGINE OIL LEVEL INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
3. Inspect the ATF level. (See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
4. Inspect the idle speed. (See 01-10-35 ENGINE TUNE-UP[L3 WITH TC].)
5. Inspect the ignition timing. (See 01-10-35 ENGINE TUNE-UP[L3 WITH TC].) 05-17
6. Bring up the engine and transaxle to normal operating temperature.

Shift Diagram
D range (normal mode)

TCC OPERATION AVAILABLE


8/8
4 5 5 6
7/8
1 2 3 4
4 5
6/8 2 3 5 6
1 3 4
2 2 3
THROTTLE OPENING

5/8

4/8

3/8

2/8
SHIFT UP
1/8
SHIFT DOWN

0/8
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 220 230
{0} {6.2} {12} {19} {25} {31} {37} {43} {50} {56} {62} {68} {74} {81} {87} {93} {99} {105} {112} {118} {124} {131} {137} {143}

4GR TCC 4GR TCC


OPERATION OFF OPERATION ON VEHICLE SPEED km/h {mph}
5GR TCC
5GR TCC
OPERATION ON
OPERATION OFF
6GR TCC
6GR TCC OPERATION ON
OPERATION OFF

acxuuw00000482

05-17–7
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 8 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


D Range Test
1. Perform road test preparation. (See05-17-7 Road Test Preparation.)
2. Shift the selector lever to D range.
3. Accelerate with the depressing amount of accelerator pedal half and then fully depress.
4. Verify that 1→2, 2→3, 3→4, 4→5, and 5→6 upshifts and downshifts are obtained. The shift points must be as
shown in the table below.
• If there is any malfunction, inspect the TCM and ATX. (See 05-03-4 SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING
ITEM TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
5. Drive the vehicle in 6GR, 5GR, 4GR, 3GR, and 2GR and verify that kickdown occurs for 6→5, 5→4, 4→3,
3→2, 2→1 downshifts, and that the shift points are as shown in the table below.
• If there is any malfunction, inspect the TCM and ATX. (See 05-03-4 SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING
ITEM TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
6. Drive the vehicle and verify that TCC operation is obtained. The operation points must be as shown in the table
below.
• If there is any malfunction, inspect the TCM and ATX. (See 05-03-4 SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING
ITEM TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
Vehicle speed at shift point table
Throttle Vehicle speed Turbine speed
Range Mode Shift
condition (km/h {mph}) (rpm)
D1→D2 43— 49 {27— 30} 5,100— 5,750
D2→D3 76— 84 {48— 52} 5,150— 5,650
D3→D4 112— 122 {70— 75} 4,950— 5,350
Wide open TCC ON (D4) 112— 122 {70— 75} 3,700— 4,000
throttle D4→D5 157— 167 {98— 103} 5,150— 5,450
TCC ON (D5) 135— 145 {84— 89} 3,300— 3,500
D5→D6 217— 227 {135— 140} 5,300— 5,500
TCC ON (D6) 210— 220 {131— 136} 4,100— 4,250
D1→D2 24— 31 {15— 19} 2,800— 3,650
D2→D3 46— 60 {29— 37} 3,100— 4,050
D3→D4 70— 93 {44— 57} 3,100— 4,100
TCC ON (D4) 97— 118 {61— 73} 3,200— 3,850
Half throttle
D4→D5 106— 132 {66— 81} 3,500— 4,350
D NORMAL
TCC ON (D5) 106— 132 {66— 81} 2,600— 3,200
D5→D6 181— 202 {113— 125} 4,450— 4,900
TCC ON (D6) 181— 202 {113— 125} 3,550— 3,900
D6→D5 64— 70 {40— 43} 1,250— 1,350
D5→D4 31— 37 {20— 22} 800— 900
Closed throttle D4→D3 22— 28 {14— 17} 750— 900
position
D3→D1 5— 11 {4— 6} 250— 450
D2→D1 5— 11 {4— 6} 350— 700
D6→D5 200— 210 {124— 130} 3,900— 4,050
D5→D4 140— 150 {87— 93} 3,450— 3,650
Kickdown D4→D3 90— 100 {56— 62} 3,000— 3,250
D3→D2 59— 67 {37— 41} 2,650— 2,950
D2→D1 24— 30 {15— 18} 1,650— 2,000

05-17–8
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 9 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


Throttle Vehicle speed Turbine speed
Range Mode Shift
condition (km/h {mph}) (rpm)
D1→D2 43— 49 {27— 30} 5,100— 5,750
D2→D3 82— 90 {51— 55} 5,550— 6,050
Wide open D3→D4 127— 137 {79— 84} 5,650— 6,050
throttle TCC ON (D4) 127— 137 {79— 84} 4,200— 4,450
D4→D5 167— 177 {104— 109} 5,500— 5,800
TCC ON (D5) 167— 177 {104— 109} 4,100— 4,300
D1→D2 24— 32 {15— 19} 2,850— 3,750
D2→D3 51— 64 {32— 39} 3,400— 4,350
D3→D4 83— 107 {52— 66} 3,700— 4,700
Half throttle
TCC ON (D4) 121— 139 {76— 86} 4,000— 4,550
D4→D5 144— 165 {90— 102} 4,750— 5,400
D POWER
TCC ON (D5) 161— 179 {100— 110} 3,950— 4,350
05-17
D6→D5 117— 123 {73— 76} 2,300— 2,350
D5→D4 42— 48 {27— 29} 1050— 1,150
Closed throttle D4→D3 22— 28 {14— 17} 750— 900
position
D3→D1 5— 11 {4— 6} 250— 450
D2→D1 5— 11 {4— 6} 350— 700
D6→D5 205— 215 {128— 133} 4,000— 4,150
D5→D4 149— 159 {93— 98} 3,650— 3,850
Kickdown D4→D3 90— 100 {56— 62} 3,000— 3,250
D3→D2 63— 71 {40— 44} 2,800— 3,100
D2→D1 26— 32 {17— 19} 1,800— 2,150

M Range Test
1. Perform road test preparation. (See05-17-7 Road Test Preparation.)
2. Shift the selector lever to M range.
3. Verify that 1→2, 2→3, 3→4, 4→5 and 5→6 upshifts and 6→5, 5→4, 4→3, 3→2, and 2→1 downshifts are
obtained by manual shifting of the selector lever forward and back.
• If there is any malfunction, inspect the TCM and ATX. (See 05-03-4 SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING
ITEM TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
4. Decelerate the vehicle and verify that 6→5, 5→4, 4→3, 3→1 downshifts are obtained. The shift points must be
as shown in the table below.
• If there is any malfunction, inspect the TCM and ATX. (See 05-03-4 SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING
ITEM TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
5. Decelerate the vehicle and verify that engine braking effect is felt in 1GR.
• If there is any malfunction, inspect the TCM and ATX. (See 05-03-4 SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING
ITEM TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
6. Drive the vehicle and verify that TCC operation is obtained in 4GR, 5GR and 6GR. The operation points must
be as shown in the table below.
• If there is any malfunction, inspect the TCM and ATX. (See 05-03-4 SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING
ITEM TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
7. Drive the vehicle in 6GR, 5GR, 4GR and 3GR and verify that kickdown occurs for 6→5, 5→4, 4→3, 3→2
downshifts, and that the shift points are as shown in the table below.
• If there is any malfunction, inspect the TCM and ATX. (See 05-03-4 SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING
ITEM TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)

05-17–9
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 10 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


Vehicle speed at shift point table
Throttle Vehicle speed Turbine speed
Range Mode Shift
condition km/h {mph} (rpm)
Half throttle TCC ON (M6) 185— 198 {115— 122} 3,600— 3,850
M6→M5 49— 55 {31— 34} 1,000— 1,050
M5→M4 31— 37 {20— 22} 800— 900
All round M4→M3 22— 28 {14— 17} 750— 900
M3→M1 5— 11 {4— 6} 250— 450
M Manual M2→M1 5— 11 {4— 6} 350— 700
M6→M5 215— 225 {134— 139} 4,200— 4,350
M5→M4 45— 55 {28— 34} 1,100— 1,300
Kickdown M4→M3 25— 35 {16— 21} 850— 1,100
M3→M2 4— 12 {3— 7} 200— 500
M2→M1 5— 11 {4— 6} 350— 700

P Position Test
1. Shift into P position on a gentle slope. Release the brake and verify that the vehicle does not roll.
• If there is any malfunction, inspect the ATX. (See 05-03-4 SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM
TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
End Of Sie
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
WM: AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE FLUID

id051723800500
Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Condition Inspection
1. Inspect the ATF for the following to determine whether the transaxle should be disassembled.
• The ATF is muddy.
• The ATF smells strange or unusual.
ATF Condition
Condition Possible cause
Clear dark red Normal —
• Damaged oil cooler
• Poor filler tube installation:
Light red (pink) Contaminated with water Problem could occur to parts inside the transaxle due
to water contamination.
If necessary, replace the transaxle.
Defective powertrain components inside the transaxle:
Particles cause wide range of problems by clogging
the oil pipe, control valve body and oil cooler.
Has burnt smell and metal
Reddish Deteriorated ATF • A large amount of metal particles are found.
particles are found
brown If necessary, replace the transaxle.
• Flush the system due to possible clogging of the oil
pipe or oil cooler.
Has no burnt smell Normal • Discoloration by oxidation

Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level Inspection

Caution
• The ATF amount varies according to ATF temperature. Therefore, when checking the ATF level or
replacing the ATF, use a thermometer to measure the temperature and adjust the ATF amount to
the specified level according to the specified temperature.

1. Place the vehicle on level ground.


2. Apply the parking brake and position wheel chocks securely to prevent the vehicle from rolling.

05-17–10
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 11 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


3. Adjust the length or thermometer probe so that
the length is the same as the depth gauge, and
hold the probe with a paper holder. Insert into the
filler tube and measure the temperature.
• If necessary, inspect the ATF before warming
up the engine. In this case, use the ATF
temperature (15— 25 °C {59— 77 °F}).
4. Warm up the engine until the ATF reaches 60—
70 °C {140— 158 °F}.
5. Shift the selector lever and pause momentarily in
each range (P— D) while depressing the brake
pedal.
acxuuw00000484
6. Shift the selector lever to P position.
7. Verify that the ATF level is in the HOT range (65
°C {149 °F}) while the engine is idling. ATF TEMPERATURE
60—70 ˚C {140—158 ˚F}
• If necessary, add ATF to the specification.
HOT RANGE
ATF type
JWS3309 05-17
20˚C 65˚C
End Of Sie
(REFERENCE)

ATF TEMPERATURE
15—25 ˚C {59—77 ˚F}

acxuuw00000485

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


id051723800600

Warning
• A hot transaxle and ATF can cause severe burns. Turn off the engine and wait until they are cool
before replacing the ATF.

1. Remove the oil dipstick.


2. Remove the under cover.
3. Remove the oil drain plug and gasket.
4. Drain the ATF into a container.
5. Install a new gasket and the drain plug.

Tightening torque
23.5— 54.9 N·m {2.4— 5.5 kgf·m, 17.4— 40.4
ft·lbf}

6. Add the specified ATF through the oil filler tube


until it reaches the lower notch of dipstick.

ATF
ampjjw00001890
Type: JWS3309
Capacity (Approx. quantity): 7.0 L {7.4 US qt,
6.2 lmp qt}

7. Install the under cover.


8. Ensure that the ATF level is in the HOT range (65 °C {149 °F}).
• Add ATF to the specified level as necessary.
End Of Sie
TRANSAXLE RANGE (TR) SWITCH INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
WM: AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE INPUT (SENSOR/SWITCH)

id051723800900

Note
• TR switch function is installed as one part of TCM.

1. Inspect the TCM. (See 05-17-21 TCM INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)


End Of Sie

05-17–11
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 12 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


TRANSAXLE FLUID TEMPERATURE (TFT) SENSOR INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id051723801000
On-Vehicle Inspection

Caution
• Water or foreign material entering the connector can cause a poor connection or corrosion. Be
sure not to allow water or foreign material on the connector when disconnecting.
• Do not damage the terminals.

1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.


2. Remove the air cleaner component. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC].)
3. Remove the TCM. (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
4. Verify that there is no continuity between coupler
component terminals B7 and GND, or B8 and
GND.
• If there is any malfunction, perform an off-
vehicle inspection of TFT sensor. (See 05-17- B4 B3 B2 B1
B11 B10 B9 B8 B7 B5
12 Off-Vehicle Inspection.)
B18 B17 B16 B14 B13 B12
5. Install the TCM. (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/ B22 B21 B20 B19
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
6. Install the air cleaner component. (See 01-13-5
INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
7. Connect the negative battery cable.
acxuuw00000488

Off-Vehicle Inspection

Warning
• A hot transaxle and ATF can cause severe burns. Turn off the engine and wait until they are cool
before replacing the ATF.

Caution
• Water or foreign material entering the connector can cause a poor connection or corrosion. Be
sure not to allow water or foreign material on the connector when disconnecting.
• Do not damage the terminals.

1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.


2. Remove the air cleaner component. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC].)
3. Remove the under cover.
4. Drain the ATF. (See 05-17-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)
5. Remove the resonance chamber. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC].)
6. Remove the thermo valve. (See 05-17-47 OIL
COOLER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
7. Remove the control valve body. (See 05-17-38 THERMO VALVE
CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
8. Remove the TFT sensor. (See 05-17-13
TRANSAXLE FLUID TEMPERATURE (TFT)
SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
R
acxuuw00000489

05-17–12
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 13 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


9. Place the TFT sensor and a thermometer in ATF
as shown in the figure, and heat the ATF
gradually.
10. Measure the resistance between the coupler
component terminals B7and B8.
• If there is any malfunction, replace the TFT COUPLER
sensor. (See 05-17-13 TRANSAXLE FLUID COMPONENT
TEMPERATURE (TFT) SENSOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)

B4 B3 B2 B1
B11 B10 B9 B8 B7 B5
B18 B17 B16 B14 B13 B12
B22 B21 B20 B19

acxuuw00000490
05-17

Transaxle fluid temperature (TFT) sensor


ATF temperature (°C {°F}) Resistance (kilohm)
10 {50} 5.62— 7.31
25 {77} Approx. 3.5
110 {230} 0.22— 0.27

11. Install the TFT sensor. (See 05-17-13 TRANSAXLE FLUID TEMPERATURE (TFT) SENSOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
12. Install the control valve body. (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
13. Install the thermo valve. (See 05-17-47 OIL COOLER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
14. Install the resonance chamber. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
15. Add ATF to the specified level. (See 05-17-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
16. Install the under cover.
17. Install the air cleaner component. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC].)
18. Connect the negative battery cable.
End Of Sie
TRANSAXLE FLUID TEMPERATURE (TFT) SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id051723801100

Warning
• A hot transaxle and ATF can cause severe burns. Turn off the engine and wait until they are cool
before replacing the ATF.

Caution
• Water or foreign material entering the connector can cause a poor connection or corrosion. Be
sure not to allow water or foreign material on the connector when disconnecting.
• Do not damage the terminals.

1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.


2. Remove the air cleaner component. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC].)
3. Remove the under cover.
4. Drain the ATF. (See 05-17-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)
5. Remove the TCM. (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
6. Remove the resonance chamber. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC].)

05-17–13
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 14 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


7. Remove the thermo valve. (See 05-17-47 OIL
COOLER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
8. Remove the control valve body. (See 05-17-38 THERMO VALVE
CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)

R
acxuuw00000489

9. Remove the coupler component lock plate.

Caution
• Do not damage the wiring harness.
• Do not pull hard on the wiring harness.

10. Remove the coupler component from the


transaxle case.

acxuuw00000491

11. Remove the O-ring and the gasket from the


coupler component.
12. Apply ATF to a new gasket and install it on the
coupler component.
O-RING
Caution
• Do not apply ATF to the O-ring.
GASKET

acxuuw00000492

13. Install a new O-ring to the coupler component.

Caution
• Do not apply too much force to the
coupler component. O-RING
• Do not damage the coupler component.

14. Install the coupler component to the transaxle GASKET


case.

acxuuw00000492

15. Install a new coupler component lock plate.


16. Install the control valve body. (See 05-17-38
CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
17. Install the thermo valve. (See 05-17-47 OIL
COOLER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
18. Install the resonance chamber. (See 01-13-5
INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
19. Install the TCM. (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
acxuuw00000493

05-17–14
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 15 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


20. Add ATF to the specified level. (See 05-17-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
21. Install the under cover.
22. Install the air cleaner component. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC].)
23. Connect the negative battery cable.
24. Perform the mechanical system test. (See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
End Of Sie
INPUT/TURBINE SPEED SENSOR INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id051723801200
On-Vehicle Inspection

Caution
• Water or foreign material entering the connector can cause a poor connection or corrosion. Be
sure not to allow water or foreign material on the connector when disconnecting.
• Do not damage the terminals.

1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.


2. Remove the air cleaner component. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH 05-17
TC].)
3. Remove the TCM. (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
4. Verify that there is no continuity between the
coupler component terminals B12 and GND or
B13 and GND.
• If there is any malfunction, inspect the coupler
component. B4 B3 B2 B1

• If the coupler component is normal, perform B11 B10 B9 B8 B7 B5


B18 B17 B16 B14 B13 B12
an off-vehicle inspection of input/turbine B22 B21 B20 B19
speed sensor. (See05-17-16 Off-Vehicle
Inspection.)

Note
• Inspect with a tester that can indicate more
acxuuw00000498
than 10 megohms and confirm that the
value is more than 1 megohm.

5. Verify that there is continuity between coupler


component terminals B12 and B13.
• If there is any malfunction, inspect the coupler
component.
• If the coupler component is normal, replace B4 B3 B2 B1
B11 B10 B9 B8 B7 B5
the input/turbine speed sensor. (See 05-17-17
B18 B17 B16 B14 B13 B12
INPUT/TURBINE SPEED SENSOR B22 B21 B20 B19
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
6. Install the TCM. (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
7. Install the air cleaner component. (See 01-13-5
acxuuw00000498
INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
8. Connect the negative battery cable.

05-17–15
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 16 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


Off-Vehicle Inspection

Warning
• A hot transaxle and ATF can cause severe burns. Turn off the engine and wait until they are cool
before replacing the ATF.

Caution
• Water or foreign material entering the connector can cause a poor connection or corrosion. Be
sure not to allow water or foreign material on the connector when disconnecting.
• Do not damage the terminals.

1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.


2. Remove the air cleaner component. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC].)
3. Remove the under cover.
4. Drain the ATF. (See 05-17-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)
5. Remove the resonance chamber. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC].)
6. Remove the thermo valve. (See 05-17-47 OIL
COOLER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
7. Remove the control valve body. (See 05-17-38 THERMO VALVE
CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
8. Remove the input/turbine speed sensor. (See 05-
17-17 INPUT/TURBINE SPEED SENSOR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)
R
acxuuw00000489

9. Connect the input/turbine speed sensor terminal


2 to the battery positive terminal, connect the
battery negative terminal to input/turbine speed
sensor terminal 1 through an ammeter set to a
resistance of 100 ohm. 100 ohm

1 2

acxuuw00000499

10. Measure the current while waving a magnet back


and forth over the top of the input/turbine speed
sensor (less than 5 mm {0.197 in}).
• If there is any malfunction, replace the input/
turbine speed sensor. (See 05-17-17 INPUT/ WAVE BACK AND FORTH
TURBINE SPEED SENSOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)

LESS THAN 5 mm {0.197 in}

MAGNET

SHAKING DIRECTION
acxuuw00000500

05-17–16
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 17 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


Input/turbine speed sensor
Signal Current (mA)
High 12.0— 16.0
Low 4.0— 8.0

11. Install the input/turbine speed sensor. (See 05-17-17 INPUT/TURBINE SPEED SENSOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
12. Install the control valve body. (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
13. Install the thermo valve. (See 05-17-47 OIL COOLER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
14. Install the resonance chamber. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
15. Add ATF to the specified level. (See 05-17-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
16. Install the under cover.
17. Install the air cleaner component. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC].)
18. Connect the negative battery cable.
19. Perform the mechanical system test. (See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) 05-17
End Of Sie
INPUT/TURBINE SPEED SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id051723801300

Warning
• A hot transaxle and ATF can cause severe burns. Turn off the engine and wait until then are cool
before replacing the ATF.

1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.


2. Remove the air cleaner component. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC].)
3. Remove the under cover.
4. Drain the ATF. (See 05-17-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)
5. Remove the resonance chamber. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC].)
6. Remove the thermo valve. (See 05-17-47 OIL
COOLER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
7. Remove the control valve body. (See 05-17-38 THERMO VALVE
CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)

Caution
• Do not damage the input/turbine speed
sensor.
R
acxuuw00000489

8. Remove the input/turbine speed sensor.


9. Install the input/turbine speed sensor.

Tightening torque
3.9— 6.9 N·m {40— 70 kgf·cm, 26— 60 in·lbf}

10. Install the control valve body. (See 05-17-38


CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
11. Install the thermo valve. (See 05-17-47 OIL
COOLER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
acxuuw00000501
12. Install the resonance chamber. (See 01-13-5
INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
13. Add ATF to the specified level. (See 05-17-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
14. Install the under cover.

05-17–17
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 18 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


15. Install the air cleaner component. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC].)
16. Connect the negative battery cable.
17. Perform the mechanical system test. (See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
End Of Sie
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id051723801400
On-Vehicle Inspection

Caution
• Water or foreign material entering the connector can cause a poor connection or corrosion. Be
sure not to allow water or foreign material on the connector when disconnecting.
• Do not damage the terminals.

1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.


2. Remove the air cleaner component. (See01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC].)
3. Remove the TCM. (See05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
4. Verify that there is no continuity between the
coupler component terminals B19 and GND or
B20 and GND.
• If there is any malfunction, inspect the coupler
component. B4 B3 B2 B1

• If the coupler component is normal, replace B11 B10 B9 B8 B7 B5


B18 B17 B16 B14 B13 B12
the ATX. (See05-17-29 AUTOMATIC B22 B21 B20 B19
TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)

Note
• Inspect with a tester that can indicatemore
acxuuw00000502
than 10 megohms and confirm that the
value is more than 1 megohm.

5. Verify that there is continuity between coupler


component terminals B19 and B20.
• If there is any malfunction, inspect the coupler
component.
• If the coupler component is normal, replace B4 B3 B2 B1
B11 B10 B9 B8 B7 B5
the ATX. (See05-17-29 AUTOMATIC
B18 B17 B16 B14 B13 B12
TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/ B22 B21 B20 B19
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
6. Install the TCM. (See05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
7. Install the air cleaner component. (See01-13-5
INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/
acxuuw00000502
INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
8. Connect the negative battery cable.

Off-Vehicle Inspection

Warning
• A hot transaxle and ATF can cause severe burns. Turn off the engine and wait until they are cool
before replacing the ATF.

Caution
• Water or foreign material entering the connector can cause a poor connection or corrosion. Be
sure not to allow water or foreign material on the connector when disconnecting.
• Do not damage the terminals.

1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.


2. Remove the VSS. (See05-17-19 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)

05-17–18
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 19 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


3. Connect the VSS terminal 2 to the battery positive
terminal, connect the battery negative terminal to
VSS terminal 1 through an ammeter set to a
resistance of 100 ohm.
100 ohm

1 2

acxuuw00000499

4. Measure the current while waving a magnet back


and forth over the top of the VSS (less than 5
mm {0.197 in}).
• If there is any malfunction, replace the VSS.
(See05-17-19 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR WAVE BACK AND FORTH
(VSS) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, 05-17
AW6AX-EL].)

LESS THAN 5 mm {0.197 in}

MAGNET

SHAKING DIRECTION
acxuuw00000500

VSS
Signal Current (mA)
High 12.0— 16.0
Low 4.0— 8.0

5. Install the VSS. (See05-17-19 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,


AW6AX-EL].)
6. Connect the negative battery cable.
7. Perform the mechanical system test. (See05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
End Of Sie
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id051723806100

Caution
• Water or foreign material entering the connector can cause a poor connection or corrosion. Be
sure not to drop water or foreign material on the connector when disconnecting it.
• If foreign materials are stuck to the VSS, disturbance by magnetic flux can cause sensor output to
be abnormal and thereby negatively affect control. Make sure that foreign materials such as iron
filings are not stuck to the VSS during installation.

1. Remove the automatic transaxle. (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/


INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
2. Remove the VSS. (See Automatic Transaxle and Transfer Workshop Manual AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL)
End Of Sie
WM: TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE OUTPUT (SOLENOID/INDICATOR LIGHT)

05-17–19
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 20 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id051723801900
Resistance Inspection (On-Vehicle Inspection)

Caution
• Water or foreign material entering the connector can cause a poor connection or corrosion. Be
sure not to allow water or foreign material on the connector when disconnecting.
• Do not damage the terminals.

1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.


2. Remove the air cleaner component. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC].)
3. Remove the TCM. (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
4. Measure the resistance between the following
terminals.
• If there is any malfunction, inspect the coupler
component.
• If the coupler component is normal, replace B4 B3 B2 B1
B11 B10 B9 B8 B7 B5
the control valve body. (See 05-17-38
B18 B17 B16 B14 B13 B12
CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/ B22 B21 B20 B19
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)

acxuuw00000508

Solenoid valve resistance (ATF temperature: 20 C {68 F})


Terminal Solenoid valve Resistance (ohm)
B5— GND Shift solenoid A 11— 15
B2— GND Shift solenoid B 11— 15
B11— B10 Shift solenoid C 5.0— 5.6
B17— B18 Shift solenoid D 5.0— 5.6
B14— B22 Shift solenoid E 5.0— 5.6
B21— B16 Shift solenoid F 5.0— 5.6
B9— B4 TCC control solenoid 5.0— 5.6
B3— B1 Line pressure control solenoid 5.0— 5.6

5. Install the TCM. (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)


6. Install the air cleaner component. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC].)
7. Connect the negative battery cable.

Continuity Inspection (On-Vehicle Inspection)

Caution
• Water or foreign material entering the connector can cause a poor connection or corrosion. Be
sure not to allow water or foreign material on the connector when disconnecting.
• Do not damage the terminals.

1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.


2. Remove the air cleaner component. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC].)
3. Remove the TCM. (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
4. Verify that there is no continuity between coupler component terminals B1, B3, B4, B9, B10, B11, B14, B17,
B18, B21, B22 and GND.
• If there is any malfunction, inspect the coupler component.
• If the coupler component is normal, replace the control valve body. (See 05-17-38 CONTROL VALVE
BODY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
5. Install the TCM. (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
6. Install the air cleaner component. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC].)
7. Connect the negative battery cable.
End Of Sie
WM: TCM

05-17–20
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 21 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


TCM INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id051723800300
TR Switch Operating Inspection
1. Verify that the starter operates only when the ignition switch is turned to the START position with the selector
lever in P or N position.
• If there is any malfunction, neutral position learning. (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
2. Verify that the back-up lights illuminate when shifted to R position with the ignition switch at the ON position.
• If there is any malfunction, neutral position learning. (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
3. Verify that the positions of the selector lever and
the indicator light correspond. SELECTOR INDICATOR LIGHT
• If there is any malfunction, perform the neutral
position learning. (See 05-17-25 TCM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
4. Verify that the TR PID is normal.
• If there is any malfunction, perform the neutral
position learning. (See 05-17-25 TCM 05-17
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
acxuuw00000412

Control Module Inspection


1. Remove the air cleaner component. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC].)
2. Measure the voltage at each TCM connector (wiring harness-side) terminal and refer to the terminal voltage
table.
• If the voltage is not as specified in the Terminal Voltage Table (Reference), inspect the parts under
“Inspection item (s)”.

Warning
• Be careful not to damage the connector waterproofing when measuring the TCM terminal voltage.
If damaged, the waterproofing efficiency could be negatively affected.

Note
• Use the ground of terminal A9 of the TCM connector (wiring harness-side) when measuring terminal
voltage, as an error may occur when connecting the negative circuit tester to ground.

Terminal Voltage Table (Reference)

TCM SHORT CORD CONNECTOR (TCM SIDE)

A2 A1
A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3

A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11


A10 A9

acxuuw00000521

Terminal Signal Connected to Test condition Voltage (V) Inspection item (s)
Battery back up • Inspect battery
A1 Battery Constant B+
supply • Inspect related harness
Shift up • Inspect selector lever
Below 1.0
(M range) component
Up switch Up switch
(See 05-18-6 SELECTOR
A3 (Selector lever (Selector lever
Other ranges, all LEVER COMPONENT
component) component) B+
positions INSPECTION)
• Inspect related harness

05-17–21
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 22 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


Terminal Signal Connected to Test condition Voltage (V) Inspection item (s)
Shift down • Inspect selector lever
Below 1.0
(M range) component
Down switch Down switch
(See 05-18-6 SELECTOR
A4 (Selector lever (Selector lever
Other ranges, all LEVER COMPONENT
component) component) B+
positions INSPECTION)
• Inspect related harness
Ignition
Shift the switch B+
selector ON • Inspect starter relay
A5 Starter relay Starter relay lever to
Ignition • Inspect related harness
P or N
position. switch Below 1.0
OFF
Because this
terminal is for serial
communication,
good/no good
A6 CAN_L PCM judgment by — • Inspect related harness
terminal voltage is
not possible. Carry
out inspection
according to DTCs.
M range Below 1.0 • Inspect Selector lever
component
(See 05-18-6 SELECTOR
A7 M range switch M range switch Other positions, all
B+ LEVER COMPONENT
ranges INSPECTION)
• Inspect related harness
Ignition switch ON B+ • Inspect Ignition switch
A11 Power supply Ignition switch
Ignition switch OFF Below 1.0 • Inspect related harness
Shift the
selector • Inspect back-up light relay
Ignition lever to Below 1.0 (See 09-21-4 RELAY
A13 Back-up light relay Back-up light relay switch R INSPECTION)
ON position. • Inspect related harness
Other B+
Because this
terminal is for serial
communication,
good/no good
A14 CAN_H PCM judgment by — • Inspect related harness
terminal voltage is
not possible. Carry
out inspection
according to DTCs.

3. Remove the TCM. (See05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)


4. Verify that continuity or resistance at terminal is as indicated in the terminal continuity/resistance table.
• If there is any malfunction, inspect the parts under “Inspection item (s)”.
— If the system does not work properly even though the parts or related wiring harnesses do not have any
malfunction, replace the TCM. (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)

05-17–22
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 23 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


Terminal Continuity/Resistance Table (Reference)
COUPLE COMPONENT

TCM SHORT CORD CONNECTOR (TCM SIDE)


B22 B21 B20 B19

A2 A1 B18 B17 B16 B14 B13 B12


A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3
B11 B10 B9 B8 B7 B5
A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11
A10 A9
B4 B3 B2 B1

acxuuw00000522
05-17
Continuity/
Terminal Signal Connected to Test Condition Inspection item (s)
Resistance
A9 System GND GND Constant Continuity • Inspect related harness
• Inspect • Inspect line pressure
resistance control solenoid
Line pressure
Line pressure between couple ATF (See 05-17-20
control 5.0— 5.6
B1 control component temperature: SOLENOID VALVE
solenoid (ohms)
solenoid terminals B3 20°C {68°F} INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
control GND
and B1 (wiring AW6AX-EL])
harness-side). • Inspect related harness
• Inspect shift solenoid B
(See 05-17-20
Shift solenoid Shift solenoid 11— 15 SOLENOID VALVE
B2 ATF temperature: 20°C {68°F}
B control B (ohms) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL])
• Inspect related harness
• Inspect • Inspect line pressure
resistance control solenoid
Line pressure
Line pressure between couple ATF (See 05-17-20
control 5.0— 5.6
B3 control component temperature: SOLENOID VALVE
solenoid (ohms)
solenoid terminals B3 20°C {68°F} INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
control
and B1 (wiring AW6AX-EL])
harness-side). • Inspect related harness
• Inspect • Inspect TCC control
resistance solenoid
TCC control between couple ATF (See 05-17-20
TCC control 5.0— 5.6
B4 solenoid component temperature: SOLENOID VALVE
solenoid (ohms)
control GND terminals B9 20°C {68°F} INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
and B4 (wiring AW6AX-EL])
harness-side). • Inspect related harness
• Inspect shift solenoid A
(See 05-17-20
Shift solenoid Shift solenoid 11— 15 SOLENOID VALVE
B5 ATF temperature: 20°C {68°F}
A control A (ohms) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL])
• Inspect related harness
ATF
5.62— 7.31 • Inspect TFT sensor
• Inspect temperature:
(kilohms) (See 05-17-12
TFT sensor resistance 10°C {50°F}
B7 TRANSAXLE FLUID
GND between couple ATF
Approx. 3.5 TEMPERATURE (TFT)
TFT sensor component temperature:
(kilohms) SENSOR
terminals B7 25°C {77°F}
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
and B8 (wiring ATF
0.22— 0.27 AW6AX-EL])
harness-side).
B8 TFT sensor temperature:
(kilohms) • Inspect related harness
110°C {230°F}

05-17–23
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 24 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


Continuity/
Terminal Signal Connected to Test Condition Inspection item (s)
Resistance
• Inspect • Inspect TCC control
resistance solenoid
TCC control between couple ATF (See 05-17-20
TCC control 5.0— 5.6
B9 solenoid component temperature: SOLENOID VALVE
solenoid (ohms)
control terminals B9 20°C {68°F} INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
and B4 (wiring AW6AX-EL])
harness-side). • Inspect related harness
Shift solenoid • Inspect
B10 • Inspect shift solenoid C
C control GND resistance
(See 05-17-20
between couple ATF
Shift solenoid 5.0— 5.6 SOLENOID VALVE
component temperature:
Shift solenoid C (ohms) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
B11 terminals B11 20°C {68°F}
C control AW6AX-EL])
and B10 (wiring
• Inspect related harness
harness-side).
Input/turbine • Inspect input/turbine
B12 speed sensor speed sensor
(–) (See 05-17-15 INPUT/
• Inspect for continuity between
Input/turbine TURBINE SPEED
couple component terminals B12 Continuity
Input/turbine speed sensor SENSOR
and B13 (wiring harness-side).
B13 speed sensor INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
(+) AW6AX-EL])
• Inspect related harness
• Inspect
resistance • Inspect shift solenoid E
between couple (See 05-17-20
ATF
Shift solenoid Shift solenoid component 5.0— 5.6 SOLENOID VALVE
B14 temperature:
E control E terminals (ohms) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
20°C {68°F}
B14and B22 AW6AX-EL])
(wiring harness- • Inspect related harness
side).
• Inspect
resistance • Inspect shift solenoid F
between couple (See 05-17-20
ATF
Shift solenoid Shift solenoid component 5.0— 5.6 SOLENOID VALVE
B16 temperature:
F control GND F terminals (ohms) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
20°C {68°F}
B21and B16 AW6AX-EL])
(wiring harness- • Inspect related harness
side).
Shift solenoid • Inspect
B17
D control resistance • Inspect shift solenoid D
between couple (See 05-17-20
ATF
Shift solenoid component 5.0— 5.6 SOLENOID VALVE
temperature:
Shift solenoid D terminals (ohms) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
B18 20°C {68°F}
D control GND B17and B18 AW6AX-EL])
(wiring harness- • Inspect related harness
side).
Vehicle speed • Inspect VSS
B19 VSS
(–) (See 05-17-18
• Inspect for continuity between VEHICLE SPEED
couple component terminals B19 Continuity SENSOR (VSS)
Vehicle speed and B20 (wiring harness-side). INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
B20 VSS
(+) AW6AX-EL])
• Inspect related harness
• Inspect
resistance • Inspect shift solenoid F
between couple (See 05-17-20
ATF
Shift solenoid Shift solenoid component 5.0— 5.6 SOLENOID VALVE
B21 temperature:
F control F terminals (ohms) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
20°C {68°F}
B21and B16 AW6AX-EL])
(wiring harness- • Inspect related harness
side).

05-17–24
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 25 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


Continuity/
Terminal Signal Connected to Test Condition Inspection item (s)
Resistance
• Inspect
resistance • Inspect shift solenoid E
between couple (See 05-17-20
ATF
Shift solenoid Shift solenoid component 5.0— 5.6 SOLENOID VALVE
B22 temperature:
E control GND E terminals (ohms) INSPECTION[AW6A-EL,
20°C {68°F}
B14and B22 AW6AX-EL])
(wiring harness- • Inspect related harness
side).

End Of Sie
TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id051723800400

Caution
• Water or foreign material entering the connector can cause a poor connection or corrosion. Be
sure not to allow water or foreign material on the connector when disconnecting.

1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 05-17


2. Remove the air cleaner component. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC].)
3. Disconnect the TCM connector.
4. Remove the clip and disconnect the selector
cable.
CLIP
Caution
• Do not use an impact wrench. Hold the TCM SELECTOR
manual shaft lever when removing the CABLE
manual shaft nut, or the transaxle may be
damaged.
MANUAL
SHAFT
LEVER

acxuuw00000523

5. Set the adjustable wrench as shown in the figure


to hold the manual shaft lever.

MANUAL SHAFT LEVER ADJUSTABLE WRENCH


acxuuw00000524

6. Remove the manual shaft nut and washer.


MANUAL
SHAFT NUT

WASHER

MANUAL
SHAFT
LEVER

TCM

acxuuw00000525

05-17–25
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 26 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


7. Remove the TCM. TCM
MOUNTING
BOLT

TCM

acxuuw00000526

Caution
• Do not touch the terminals.

acxuuw00000527

8. Inspect the condition of the connector pin of the


coupler component (foreign material, bent pins,
broken pins) and O-ring after the TCM is
removed.

acxuuw00000528

9. Align the transaxle case and coupler component


connector.

acxuuw00000529

10. Be sure to match the position of the TCM


marking.

Caution
• Do not turn more than 60° from the
marking.

11. Install the TCM.

acxuuw00000530

05-17–26
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 27 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


12. Verify the correct positioning of the TCM and
coupler component.
13. Tighten the TCM mounting bolts.

Tightening torque
19.6— 29.4 N·m {2.0— 2.9 kgf·m, 14.5— 21.6
ft·lbf}

Caution
• Do not use an impact wrench. Hold the
manual shaft lever when removing the
manual shaft nut, or the transaxle may be
acxuuw00000531
damaged.

14. Install the manual shaft lever and the washer.


MANUAL
SHAFT NUT

WASHER 05-17
MANUAL
SHAFT
LEVER

TCM

acxuuw00000525
15. Set the adjustable wrench as shown in the figure
to hold the manual shaft lever, and tighten the
manual shaft nut.

Tightening torque
9.8— 14.7 N·m {100— 142 kgf·cm, 87— 123
in·lbf}

MANUAL SHAFT LEVER ADJUSTABLE WRENCH


acxuuw00000524
16. Install the clip to the selector cable as shown in
the figure.
17. Shift the selector lever to P position.
18. Turn the manual shaft lever to P position.

CLIP

acxuuw00000532
19. Connect the selector cable and install the clip.
20. Connect the TCM connector.
CLIP
21. Install the air cleaner component. (See 01-13-5
INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].) TCM SELECTOR
22. Connect the negative battery cable. CABLE
Warning
• If you replace the ATX or TCM, be sure to MANUAL
initialize the learned values and perform SHAFT
neutral position learning. LEVER
23. Perform the neutral position learning. (See 05-17-
acxuuw00000523
28 Neutral Position Learning.)

05-17–27
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 28 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


Neutral Position Learning
1. Engage the parking brake and use wheel chocks at the front and rear of the wheels.
2. Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2.
3. After the vehicle is identified, select the following
items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
• When using the IDS (notebook PC)
1. Select the "Power train".
2. Select "Transmission".
• When using the PDS (pocket PC)
1. Select "All Tests and Calibrations".
4. Then, select the “Transmission Learning”.
5. Perform the N range learning according to the
directions on the screen.
DLC-2
• When “Operation Successful” is displayed,
acxuuw00000480
shift the selector lever to the P position and
turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position,
then to the ON position after 5 s.
• If “Reinstall TCM properly and then try again” is displayed, perform the following inspection:
— Verify that the transaxle manual shaft is in the N position.
• If the manual shaft is in a position other than N, shaft it to the N position.
— Verify that the selector cable is adjusted properly.
• If the selector cable is not adjusted properly, adjust it. (See 05-18-7 SELECTOR CABLE
ADJUSTMENT.)
— Inspect the manual shaft lever for deformation.
• If there is any malfunction, replace the manual shaft lever.
6. Shift the selector lever from P position to D range, then verify that the positions of the selector lever and the
indicator are aligned.
• If there is any malfunction, inspect the DTC. (See 05-02-5 DTC TABLE[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
End Of Sie
OIL SEAL (MANUAL SHAFT) REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
WM: AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE

id051723802300

Caution
• Water or foreign material entering the connector can cause a poor connection or corrosion. Be
sure not to allow water or foreign material on the connector when disconnecting.

1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.


2. Remove the air cleaner component. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC].)
3. Remove the TCM. (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)

Caution
• Do not damage the transaxle case.
• Do not damage the manual shaft.

4. Remove and discard the oil seal using a tape-


wrapped flathead screwdriver.

Caution
• Do not damage the oil seal.

acxuuw00000533

05-17–28
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 29 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


5. Using the SST and a hammer, tap a new oil seal
so that the specified oil seal position is obtained. 49 G030 797
Substitution SST
• 49 F026 102
Outer diameter: 27 mm {1.06 in} or more -0.3—0.4 mm
Inner diameter: 15— 18 mm {0.60— 0.70 in} {-0.0118—0.0157 in}
6. Install the TCM. (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/ 49 F026 102
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
7. Install the air cleaner component. (See 01-13-5
INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
8. Connect the negative battery cable.
acxuuw00000534
End Of Sie
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id051723802400
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the following parts.
(1) Battery and battery tray (See 01-17-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
(2) Air cleaner component (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].) 05-17
(3) Engine cover
(4) Charge air cooler (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC])
(5) Windshield wiper arm and blade (See 09-19-3 WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(6) Cowl grille (See 09-16-11 COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(7) Front wheel
(8) Splash shield
(9) Under cover
(10)Side cover
(11)Propeller shaft (transfer side) (See 03-15-3 PROPELLER SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(12)Transfer oil cooler (See 03-16-3 TRANSFER OIL COOLER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Drain the ATF. (See 05-17-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)

Warning
• Improperly jacking a transaxle is dangerous. It can slip off the jack and may cause serious injury.

Caution
• To prevent the torque converter and transaxle from separating, remove the transaxle without
tilting it toward the torque converter.

4. Remove in the order shown in the figure.


5. Install in the reverse order of removal.
6. Add ATF to the specified level. (See 05-17-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
7. Perform the mechanical system test. (See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
Test item
Service item
Line pressure test Stall test Time lag test Time lag test
ATX replacement X
ATX overhaul X X X X
Torque converter
X X
replacement
Oil pump replacement X
Control valve body
X
component
Clutch system
X X X
replacement

X : Test to be performed after the service work

05-17–29
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 30 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]

7.8—10.8 N·m
{80—110 kgf·cm,
22 70—95 in·lbf}
8—11 N·m 40.5—54.7
{82—112 kgf·cm, {4.13—5.57,
17
71—97 in·lbf} 18 29.9—40.3}
38—51
{3.9—5.2, 29—37} 5
7.8—10.8 N·m
42—62
{80—110 kgf·cm,
{4.3—6.3, 31—45}
70—95 in·lbf}

4
66.6—93.1
{6.80—9.49,
37—52 49.2—68.6}
16 {3.8—5.3,
25.5—34.5 28—38}
{2.61—3.51,
18.9—25.4} 6
42—62 R
{4.3—6.3,
6 23
31—45} R 3 A
14 A
D

15
74.5—104.9
7.8—10.8 N·m
19 26 {7.60—10.69, 55.0—77.3}
1 {80—110 kgf·cm,
70—95 in·lbf}
2
R
R
93.1—116.6 19
{9.50—11.88,
D 68.7—85.9}
25 37—52
{3.8—5.3, 28—38} 14
85.3—116.6
7.8—10.8 N·m {8.70—11.88, B
{80—110 kgf·cm, 62.9—85.9} C
70—95 in·lbf} 11
47.0—59.0 12
{4.80—6.01,
34.7—43.5}
11
21 119.6—154.8
42.3—60.1 {12.20—15.78,
38—51 {4.32—6.12, 88.3—114.1}
{3.9—5.2,
20 9 93.1—131.3
31.2—44.3}
{9.50—13.38,
29—37} 8 68.7—96.8}
12
43.1—58.8 10 7
{4.40—5.99,
31.8—43.3} 18.6—26.5
{1.9—2.7,
14—19}
119.6—154.8
42.3—60.1
{12.20—15.78,
{4.32—6.12,
88.3—114.1}
31.2—44.3}
B
93.1—131.3
{9.50—13.38,
119.6—154.8 C 47.0—59.0
68.7—96.8}
{12.2—15.7, {4.80—6.01,
88.3—114.1} 34.7—43.5}
8
119.6—154.8 9
{12.2—15.7,
88.3—114.1}
13 10
43.1—58.8
{4.40—5.99,
4.2—6.2 N·m 31.8—43.3}
{43—63 kgf·cm, 119.6—154.8
38—54 in·lbf} 119.6—154.8 {12.2—15.7,
{12.2—15.7, 88.3—114.1} N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}
24 88.3—114.1}
acxuuw00000614

05-17–30
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 31 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


1 TCM connector 16 Transfer bracket (AWD)
2 Wiring harness bracket 17 WU-TWC bracket (AWD)
3 Selector cable 18 Heat shield (AWD)
(See05-17-35 Selector Cable Installation Note.) 19 Oil hose
4 Oil filter tube, Dipstick, breather hose (See 05-17-47 OIL COOLER REMOVAL/
5 Wiring harness bracket (HO2S) INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
6 Transaxle mounting bolt (Upper side) 20 Starter
(See 01-19-2 STARTER REMOVAL/
7 Steering shaft INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
(See 06-14-6 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) 21 Endplate cover
8 Stabilizer control link 22 Torque converter installation nuts
(See05-17-32 Torque Converter Nuts Removal
9 Tie-rod end ball joint Note.)
(See 02-13-10 FRONT CROSSMEMBER (See05-17-35 Torque Converter Nuts Installation
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) Note.)
10 Lower arm ball joint 23 No.4 engine mount bracket
(See 02-13-7 FRONT LOWER ARM REMOVAL/ (See05-17-32 No.4 Engine Mount Bracket Removal
INSTALLATION.) Note.) 05-17
11 No.1 engine mount bracket (See05-17-34 No.4 Engine Mount Bracket
(See05-17-34 No.1 Engine Mount Installation Note.) Installation Note.)
12 Crossmember bracket 24 Resistor
13 Crossmember 25 Transaxle mounting bolt (lower side)
(See 02-13-10 FRONT CROSSMEMBER 26 Transaxle (2WD)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (See05-17-34 Transaxle Removal Note.)
14 Drive shaft (See05-17-34 Transaxle Installation Note.)
(See 03-13-12 FRONT DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL/ Transaxle, transfer and Joint shaft (AWD)
INSTALLATION.) (See05-17-34 Transaxle Removal Note.)
15 Joint shaft (2WD) (See05-17-34 Transaxle Installation Note.)
(See 03-13-3 JOINT SHAFT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[2WD].)

6.9—9.8 N·m 29
{71—99 kgf·cm,
62—86 in·lbf}

30

28
64—89
{6.6—9.0, 48—65}

27

64—89 19—27
{6.6—9.0, 48—65} {2.0—2.7, 15—19}

N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}

acxuuw00000615

27 Joint shaft (AWD) 28 Transfer (AWD)


(See 03-13-4 JOINT SHAFT REMOVAL/ 29 Cable bracket
INSTALLATION[AWD].)
30 Transaxle

05-17–31
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 32 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


Torque Converter Nuts Removal Note
1. Align the holes by turning the torque converter.
2. Insert a flathead screwdriver through the
converter housing service hole, and lock the drive
plate.

acxuuw00000622

3. Remove the torque converter nuts.

NUT

acxuuw00000632

No.4 Engine Mount Bracket Removal Note


1. Install the SST using the following procedure.

Caution
MAIN FRAME
• Refer to the SST instruction manual for
the basic handing procedure.

REAR SHAFT

SIDE BAR

FRONT SHAFT

FRONT FOOT No.1


(ADAPTER FOR FRONT SHAFT)

FRONT FOOT No.2


(ADAPTER FOR FRONT SHAFT)
acxuuw00000223

05-17–32
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 33 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


(1) Install the right rear shaft of the SST to the
bolt of the right shock absorber as shown in
the figure.
(2) Install the left rear shaft of the SST to the bolt 49 C017 5A0 49 C017 5A0
of the left shock absorber. (Identical position
to the right side)

acxuuw00000224
05-17
(3) Temporarily tighten the air clear bracket
installation bolt, and install the left/right front LH
49 C017 5A0
shaft of the SST with front foot No.2 to the bolt
as shown in the figure.
(4) Adjust the positions of the SST side bars so
that they are the same height (left and right)
and horizontal.
(5) Make sure each joint is securely tightened.

RH

acxuuw00000225

2. Support the engine using the SST.


3. Remove the No.4 engine mount bracket. 49 C017 5A0

acxuuw00000226

05-17–33
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 34 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


Transaxle Removal Note
1. Support the transaxle on a jack.
2. Remove the transaxle mounting bolts.
3. Remove the transaxle.

ampjjw00001617

Transaxle Installation Note


1. Set the transaxle on a jack and lift it.
2. Install the transaxle mounting bolts. B
A
A
Tightening torque
A: 37— 52 N·m {3.8— 5.3 kgf·m, 28— 38
ft·lbf} A
B: 25.5— 34.5 N·m {2.61— 3.51 kgf·m, 18.9— A
25.4 ft·lbf}

A
A A
acxuuw00000633

No.4 Engine Mount Bracket Installation Note


1. Install the No.4 engine mount bracket to the BOLT D
transaxle and temporarily tighten nuts BOLT A
2. Temporarily tighten bolt.
3. Temporarily tighten bolt A and nuts B, C.
4. Tighten bolt A, nuts B and C in the order of
B→A→C. NUT B
5. Tighten bolt D.

Tightening torque
Bolt A, Nut B, C: 66.6— 93.1 N·m {6.80—
NUT C
9.49 kgf·m, 49.2— 68.6 ft·lbf}
Bolt D: 74.5— 104.9 N·m {7.60— 10.69 kgf·m,
acxuuw00000634
55.0— 77.3 ft·lbf}

No.1 Engine Mount Installation Note


1. Install the No.1 engine mount bracket to the
transaxle, then temporarily tighten bolts A and B. BOLT B
2. Install the No.1 engine mount rubber to the
bracket, then temporarily tighten bolt C. BOLT A
3. Tighten bolts A and B in the order of A→B.
4. Tighten bolt C.

Tightening torque
Bolt A, B: 93.1— 116.6 N·m
{9.50— 11.88 kgf·m, 68.7— 85.9 ft·lbf}
Bolt C: 85.3— 116.6 N·m BOLT C
{87.0— 11.88 kgf·m, 62.9— 85.9 ft·lbf}
acxuuw00000635

05-17–34
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 35 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


Torque Converter Nuts Installation Note
1. Align the holes by turning the torque converter.
2. Insert a screwdriver through the converter
housing service hole, and lock the drive plate.

Caution
• Loosely and equally tighten the torque
converter nuts, then further tighten them
to the specified tightening torque.

acxuuw00000622

3. Tighten the torque converter mounting nuts.

Tightening torque
34.3— 60.8 N·m {3.50— 6.19 kgf·m, 25.3— 05-17
44.8 ft·lbf}

NUT

acxuuw00000632

Selector Cable Installation Note


1. Install the selector lever to the manual shaft lever
so that no load acts on the selector cable. CLIP
UPWARD
Note
• Install the selector lever to the manual shaft
lever with the clip side of the selector cable
end facing up.

2. Confirm that the tip of the manual shaft lever


SELECTOR CABLE
projects out of the end of the selector cable.
End Of Sie
WM: OIL SEAL (DIFFERENTIAL) MANUAL SHAFT LEVER
acxuuw00000631

OIL SEAL (DIFFERENTIAL) REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


id051723800100
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the under cover.
3. Drain the ATF. (See 05-17-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)

Caution
• The oil seal is easily damaged by the sharp edges of the drive shaft splines. Do not let the splines
contact the oil seal.

4. Remove the drive shaft. (See 03-13-12 FRONT DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the joint shaft. (2WD) (See 03-13-3 JOINT SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[2WD].)
6. Remove the transfer and joint shaft. (AWD) (See 03-13-4 JOINT SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AWD].)
(See 03-16-3 TRANSFER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

Caution
• Do not damage the transaxle case.
• Do not damage the differential case.

7. Remove the oil seal lip using a razor.

05-17–35
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 36 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


8. Remove and discard the oil seal using a tape- TRANSAXLE CASE SIDE
wrapped flathead screwdriver.

Caution
• Do not damage the oil seal.

9. Using the SST and a hammer, tap a new oil seal


so that the specified oil seal position is obtained.

CONVERTER HOUSING SIDE

acxuuw00000536

Transaxle case side


Substitution SST
• 49 H028 202
Outer diameter: 54.5— 61 mm {2.15— 2.40 49 G030
H028 202
795
in}
Inner diameter: 52 mm {2.05 in} or more
Plate thickness: 2 mm {0.08 in} or more

3—4 mm {0.118—0.157 in}

acxuuw00002288

Converter housing side (2WD)


Substitution SST
• 49 F027 009
Outer diameter: 76.8 mm {3.02 in} 49 F027 009
Plate thickness: 2 mm {0.08 in} or more

2.3—3.3 mm
{0.091—0.130 in}

acxuuw00002289

05-17–36
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 37 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


Converter housing side (AWD)
Substitution SST
• 49 L033 101 49 L033 101
Outer diameter: 73— 76.3 mm {2.88— 3.00
in}
Inner diameter: 69 mm {2.72 in} or more 7.4—8.4 mm
Plate thickness: 2 mm {0.08 in} or more {0.292—0.330 in}
Length: 20 mm {0.79 in} or more
10. Install the joint shaft. (2WD) (See 03-13-3 JOINT
SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[2WD].)
11. Install the transfer and joint shaft. (AWD) (See 03-
13-4 JOINT SHAFT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AWD].) (See 03-16-3 acxuuw00002290
TRANSFER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
12. Install the drive shaft. (See 03-13-12 FRONT
DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
13. Add ATF to the specified level. (See 05-17-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) 05-17
14. Connect the negative cable.
15. Perform the mechanical system test. (See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
End Of Sie
DIFFERENTIAL GEAR O-RING REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id051723800200

Caution
• The O-ring is easily damaged by the sharp edges of the drive shaft splines. Do not let the splines
contact the O-ring.

1. Remove the drive shaft and joint shaft. (See 03-13-3 JOINT SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[2WD].) (See
03-13-4 JOINT SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AWD].) (See 03-13-12 FRONT DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)

Caution
• Do not damage the differential case.

2. Remove and discard the O-ring using a tape-


wrapped flathead screwdriver.

Caution
• Do not damage the O-ring.
• Do not damage the differential case.

3. Apply ATF to a new O-ring and install it to the


differential case.
4. Install the drive shaft and joint shaft. (See 03-13-3
JOINT SHAFT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[2WD].) (See 03-13-4 JOINT
acxuuw00000543
SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AWD].) (See
03-13-12 FRONT DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
WM: CONTROL VALVE BODY

05-17–37
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 38 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id051723801800
On-Vehicle Removal

Warning
• Using compressed air can cause dirt and other particles to fly out, causing injury to the eyes.
Wear protective eyeglasses whenever using compressed air.

Caution
• Clean the transaxle exterior throughout with a steam cleaner or cleaning solvents before removal.
• If any old sealant gets into the transaxle during installation of the control valve body cover, trouble
may occur in the transaxle case and control valve body cover. Clean with cleaning fluid.

1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.


2. Remove the air cleaner component. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC].)
3. Remove the under cover.
4. Drain the ATF. (See 05-17-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)
5. Remove the resonance chamber. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC].)
6. Remove the thermo valve. (See 05-17-47 OIL
COOLER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
THERMO VALVE

R
acxuuw00000489

7. Remove the control valve body cover installation


bolt.

Caution
• Do not damage the fitting surface of the
transaxle case and the control valve body
cover.
• Do not deform the control valve body
cover.

acxuuw00000585

05-17–38
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 39 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


8. Using a plastic hammer, tap the control valve
body cover to remove it.

Caution
• Be careful not to damage the solenoid
valves and connectors.
• Do not pull the wiring harnesses when
removing the connector.

Note
• Disconnect the solenoid connector
according to the following procedure:
acxuuw00000586

1. Insert a precision screwdriver from the


backside into the connector as shown in
the figure.

05-17

acxuuw00000587

2. Pry the screwdriver in the direction of the


arrow and disconnect the connector.

Caution
• Do not damage the solenoid valves and
connectors with the screwdriver.
• When disconnecting connectors, grasp
the connectors, not the harnesses.
Otherwise, the harnesses may be pulled
out of the connector causing poor
contact.
acxuuw00000588

9. Disconnect the solenoid connectors, VSS


connector and the input/turbine speed sensor CLAMP
connector.
10. Disconnect the coupler component from the CLAMP
clamp.

acxuuw00000589

05-17–39
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 40 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


11. Remove the lock plate, and pull out the TFT
sensor from the control valve body.
12. Remove the O-ring from the TFT sensor.

Note
• Be sure to secure the coupler component
with tape so that it will not interfere with the
control valve body component.

acxuuw00000590

13. Fix the coupler component with tape to the


transaxle case as shown in the figure.
14. Remove the VSS connector and input/turbine
speed sensor connector from the solenoid clamp.

acxuuw00000591

VSS CONNECTOR INPUT/TURBINE SPEED SENSOR


CONNECTOR

acxuuw00000592

Note
• Be sure to secure the VSS and input/turbine speed sensor with tape so that they will not interfere with the
control valve body component.

15. Fix the VSS wiring harness and input/turbine


speed sensor wiring harness with tape to the
transaxle case as shown in the figure.

acxuuw00000593

05-17–40
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 41 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


16. Remove the suction cover and the gasket.

Caution
• Evenly loosen the bolts a little at a time in
the order shown in the figure.

acxuuw00000594
05-17
17. Remove the control valve body installation bolts.

Caution
2
• Do not drop the control valve body
component.
3
6
5

4 1

acxuuw00000595

18. Disconnect the manual valve link and remove the


control valve body component.

acxuuw00000596

05-17–41
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 42 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


On-Vehicle Installation

Caution
• When installing the control valve body component, do not put the coupler component in the open
space of the separate plate in the control valve body component.
• Do not pinch the coupler component between the separate plate and the control valve body
component.

1. Connect the manual valve link and install the


SEPARATE PLATE
control valve body component.

acxuuw00000597

2. Temporarily install the control valve body


component with the bolts.

Bolt length (measured from below the head) A


A: 31 mm {1.220 in}
B: 17 mm {0.669 in}
C: 21 mm {0.827 in} B
B
B
Note
• Aligning the bolt holes, temporarily tighten
the bolt by hand. C C

acxuuw00000598

3. Temporarily install the suction cover and a new


gasket with the bolts.

acxuuw00000594

05-17–42
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 43 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


4. Tighten the bolts in the order shown in the figure.

Tightening torque
5
8— 12 N·m {82— 122 kgf·cm, 72— 105 in·lbf}

5. Install the connector of the VSS and input/turbine 4


speed sensor to the solenoid clamp. 1
2

3 6

7
8
acxuuw00000599
05-17

VSS CONNECTOR INPUT/TURBINE SPEED SENSOR


CONNECTOR

acxuuw00000592

Caution
• If the control valve body cover is installed with the wiring harnesses overlapped, the wiring
harnesses may be pinched between the cover and valve body causing the wiring harnesses to be
damaged. Therefore, verify that the wiring harnesses are not overlapped when installing the
control valve body cover.

NO GOOD GOOD

acxuuw00000600

6. Apply ATF to a new O-ring and install it on the TFT sensor.

05-17–43
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 44 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


7. Install the TFT sensor with the lock plate and a
bolt to the control valve body component as
shown in the figure.

Tightening torque
8— 12 N·m {82— 122 kgf·cm, 72— 105 in·lbf}

8. Connect the solenoid connectors, VSS connector


and the input/turbine speed sensor connector.

acxuuw00000601

9. Connect the coupler component to the clamps.


CLAMP
Note
• Completely remove sealant and oil with CLAMP
white gasoline or similar.

acxuuw00000589

10. Clean sealant and oil off the contact surface of


the transaxle case with the control valve body
cover and the bolt holes.

Note
• Completely remove oil with white gasoline or
similar.

11. Clean oil off the contact surface of the new control
valve body cover with the transaxle case.

acxuuw00000602

05-17–44
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 45 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


12. Apply sealant to the new control valve body cover
as shown in the figure.

Caution
• Be careful that the coupler component
will not become caught between the
control valve body cover and transaxle
case.

acxuuw00000603

13. Install the new control valve body cover with new
seal bolts.

Tightening torque
9.8— 15.7 N·m {100— 160 kgf·cm, 87— 138
in·lbf} 05-17

14. Install the thermo valve. (See 05-17-47 OIL


COOLER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
15. Install the resonance chamber. (See 01-13-5
INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
16. Install the TCM. (See 05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
17. Add ATF to the specified level. (See 05-17-11
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].) acxuuw00000585
18. Install the under cover.
19. Install the air cleaner component. (See 01-13-5
INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
20. Connect the negative battery cable.
21. Perform the mechanical system test. (See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
End Of Sie
OIL SEAL (OIL PUMP) REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
WM: TORQUE CONVERTER

id051723800800
1. Remove the transaxle. (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)

Caution
• The oil seal is easily damaged by the sharp edges of the torque converter splines. Do not let the
splines contact the oil seal.
• Do not drop the torque converter.
• Do not pinch fingers.

2. Remove the torque converter. (See 05-17-46 TORQUE CONVERTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,


AW6AX-EL].)

Caution
• Do not to damage the bushing on the oil pump body.

05-17–45
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 46 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


3. Using a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver,
remove the oil seal from the oil pump body.

acxuuw00000605

4. Using the SST and a hammer, install the oil seal


to the oil pump body.
Substitution SST
• 49 U027 003 49 U027 003
Outer diameter: 67 mm {2.64 in} or more
Inner diameter: 54— 61 mm {2.13— 2.40 in}
Plate thickness: 2 mm {0.08 in} or more
5. Coat the lip of the oil seal with grease.
6. Install the torque converter. (See 05-17-46 -0.2—0.2 mm
TORQUE CONVERTER REMOVAL/ {-0.00788—0.00788 in}

INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
7. Install the transaxle. (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC
acxuuw00000606
TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-EL].)
8. Perform the mechanical system test. (See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
End Of Sie
TORQUE CONVERTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id051723800700
1. Remove the transaxle. (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)

Caution
• The oil seal is easily damaged by the sharp edges of the torque converter splines. Do not let the
splines contact the oil seal.
• Do not drop the torque converter.
• Do not pinch fingers.

2. Remove the torque converter, and immediately


turn it so that the hole faces upward. This will help
to keep any remaining fluid from spilling.
3. Drain any ATF remaining in the torque converter.
4. Using a flathead screwdriver, position the drive
gear on the oil pump component in the center.
5. Install the torque converter to the transaxle.

ampjjw00002212

05-17–46
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 47 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


6. To ensure that the torque converter is installed
A
accurately, measure distance A between the end
TORQUE CONVERTER
of the torque converter and the end of the
converter housing.

Distance A ((between the end of the torque


converter and the end of the converter
housing))
31.4 mm {1.24 in}

7. Install the transaxle. (See 05-17-29 AUTOMATIC


TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-
acxuuw00000604
EL, AW6AX-EL].)
8. Perform the mechanical system test. (See 05-17-
3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
End Of Sie
OIL COOLER FLUSHING[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
WM: OIL COOLER

id051723801500
05-17
Note
• If the automatic transaxle is replaced, flush and inspect the oil cooler.
• When replacing the automatic transaxle, inspect the oil cooler together with flushing it using the following
procedure, and with the oil cooler hose removed.

1. Disconnect the oil cooler hose.


2. Set a clean oil pan up to the oil cooler hose inlet.
3. Blow 491—882 kPa {5—9 kgf/cm2, 72—127 psi}
of compressed air from the oil cooler hose outlet
to drain remaining oil. OIL COOLER
4. Add new ATF from the oil cooler hose outlet and
OIL PAN
blow 491—882 kPa {5—9 kgf/cm2, 72—127 psi}
of compressed air to flush. (Repeat 2 or 3 times)
5. Verify that none of the following foreign material is
mixed in with the drained ATF: COMPRESSED
• Large metal fragments of φ 0.5 mm {0.02 mm} AIR
or more that cannot pass through the oil
strainer
• Fibrous clutch facing
6. Repeat the procedures from Step 1 to 2 and flush
FLUSHING OUT
the inside of the oil cooler.
7. If foreign material such as metal fragments or FLUSHING IN
clutch facing remains even after the oil cooler is
flushed repeatedly, replace the oil cooler
(radiator).
End Of Sie

acxuuw00000607

OIL COOLER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


id051723801600
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the air cleaner component. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC].)
3. Remove the under cover.
4. Drain the ATF into a container. (See 05-17-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
5. Drain the engine coolant. (See 01-12-5 ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT[L3 WITH TC].)
6. Remove the following parts.
(1) Front bumper (See 09-10-2 FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(2) Splash shield
(3) Resonance chamber (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
7. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
8. Install in the reverse order of removal.
9. Add the engine coolant. (See 01-12-5 ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT[L3 WITH TC].)

05-17–47
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 48 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


10. Add ATF to the specified level. (See 05-17-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
REPLACEMENT[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
11. Install the under cover.
12. Install the air cleaner component. (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC].)
13. Connect the negative battery cable.
14. Inspect for oil leakage from the oil pipes and oil hoses.
15. Inspect for coolant from the hoses.
16. Inspect for engine coolant leakage. (See 01-12-6 ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE INSPECTION[L3 WITH TC].)
17. Inspect the ATF level and condition. (See 05-17-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
INSPECTION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
18. Perform the line pressure test. (See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)

19.6—29.4
{2.00—2.99,
D 14.5—21.6}

6
19.6—29.4
{2.00—2.99, C
14.5—21.6}

R 4 5
4 R
1 7.8—10.8 N·m
R 2 {80—110 kgf·cm,
1 70—95 in·lbf}
R 2
R
1 R 2
2 C
1
3 2 R
8 1
7.8—10.8 N·m A
{80—110 kgf·cm, 3
70—95 in·lbf}
R D B
R 2 2
R

7 B
1 A RESONANCE
CHAMBER
2 R

R 2
5
N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}
18.6—25.5 {1.90—2.60, 13.8—18.8}

acxuuw00000608

1 Oil hose 4 Hose clamp C


(See05-17-49 Oil Pipe, Hose Clamp, Oil Hose (See05-17-49 Oil Pipe, Hose Clamp, Oil Hose
Installation Note.) Installation Note.)
2 Hose clamp A 5 Oil pipe
(See05-17-49 Oil Pipe, Hose Clamp, Oil Hose 6 Thermo valve
Installation Note.)
7 Oil cooler
3 Hose clamp B
(See05-17-49 Oil Pipe, Hose Clamp, Oil Hose 8 Radiator (in tank oil cooler)
Installation Note.) (See 01-12-8 RADIATOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
(See 05-17-49 Radiator (In Tank Oil Cooler)
Installation Note.)

05-17–48
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 49 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


Radiator (In Tank Oil Cooler) Installation Note
1. The automatic transaxle oil cooler flushing must be performed whenever a transaxle is removed for service
because the existing fluid may be contaminated, and to prevent contamination of new fluid.

Note
• Flushing must be performed after installation of an overhauled or replaced transaxle.

2. Follow the instructions in the manufacturer’s publication for flushing operation.

Oil Pipe, Hose Clamp, Oil Hose Installation Note


1. Apply compressed air to the cooler-side opening,
and blow any remaining grime and foreign
material from the cooler pipes. Compressed air
should be applied for no less than 1 min.

05-17

acxuuw00000609

2. Align the marks, and slide the oil hose onto the oil
pipe until it is fully seated as shown in the figure.
MARK
Note OIL PIPE
• If reusing the hose, install the new hose
clamp exactly on the mark left by the
previous hose camp.

3. Install the new hose clamp onto the hose.


OIL HOSE

acxuuw00000610

HOSE CLAMP A OIL PIPE HOSE CLAMP B

MARK
OIL PIPE

OIL HOSE 45 ° 90 °

OIL HOSE MARK

HOSE CLAMP C

MARK MARK

70 ° 70 °

acxuuw00002342

05-17–49
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 50 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


4. Verify that the hose clamp does not interfere with any other components.
End Of Sie
OIL COOLER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]
id051723801700
1. Disassemble in the order indicated in the table.
2. Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.

R 3

4 R

5
2 1.8—2.2
{19—22, 16—19}
1

N·m {kgf·cm, in·lbf}

acxuuw00002296

1 Mount rubber 5 Drain cock


2 Radiator outer tank (in tank oil cooler) 6 ATF cooler
(See 05-17-51 Radiator Outer Tank (In Tank Oil 7 Radiator
Cooler) Removal Note.)
(See 05-17-51 Radiator Outer Tank (In Tank Oil
Cooler) Installation Note.)
3 O-ring
4 Washer

05-17–50
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 51 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


Radiator Outer Tank (In Tank Oil Cooler) Removal Note
1. Inspect the height of the header tabs.
2. Insert the end of a medium tip screwdriver RADIATOR
between the end of the header tab and the outer LOWER
tank. TANK

Note
• Do not open more tabs than necessary for HEADER TAB
tank removal. HEIGHT

O-RING

acxuuw00002297

3. Pivot the screwdriver to pry the tab away from the


tank and repeat the procedure for each tab.
4. Remove the radiator outer tank and O-ring
(gasket) from the core header when all of the tabs
SCREWDRIVER 05-17
are opened.

Note
• If any header tabs are missing from the core,
replace the radiator.

5. Inspect the gasket surface of the radiator core


header to ensure it is clean and free of foreign
acxuuw00002298
material or damage.
6. Inspect the radiator outer tank for warping. If it is
warped, replace radiator tank.

Radiator Outer Tank (In Tank Oil Cooler) Installation Note


1. Install a new O-ring and ensure it is not twisted.
2. Position the radiator tank in the original direction
to the core using care not to scratch the tank
O-RING
sealing surface with the header tabs.

Note
• Step 3 will set jaw opening to the correct
specification.

acxuuw00002299

3. With the jaws of locking-type pliers (vise grips)


closed and locked, turn the adjusting screw to LOCKING TYPE PLIERS
position the jaws against the drill bit with the ADJUSTING
(VISE PLIERS)
diameter measured (height) in the removal LOCKNUT SCREW
procedure 1. Tighten the lock nut on the adjusting
screw against the handle to lock the adjustment in
place.

DRILL BIT

acxuuw00002300

05-17–51
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 52 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


4. Squeeze the header tabs down in the order as
shown against the lip of the radiator outer tank RADIATOR LOWER
TANK
base with the locking-type pliers while rotating the
pliers toward the tank.

LOCKING TYPE
PLIERS

6 7
2
3 4

1
8 5
acxuuw00002301

5. Verify that the height of the header tabs is same


as the height before removal. RADIATOR
6. Inspect for leakage from radiator. (See 01-12-6 LOWER
ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE INSPECTION[L3 TANK
WITH TC].)
End Of Sie
WM: DRIVE PLATE

HEADER TAB
HEIGHT

O-RING

acxuuw00002297

DRIVE PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


id051723802500
1. Remove the transaxle. (See05-17-29 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
2. Remove in the order indicated in the figure.
1 Drive plate mounting bolts
(See05-17-53 Drive Plate Mounting Bolts Removal
Note.)
SST
2 Backing plate
108—116
3 Drive plate {11.0—11.8, 79.7—85.5}
(See05-17-53 Drive Plate Installation Note.) R 1
3. Install in the reverse order of removal.
2 3
N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}
acxuuw00000611

05-17–52
1871-1U-06B(05-17).fm 53 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時20分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL]


Drive Plate Mounting Bolts Removal Note
1. Set the SST or equivalent against the drive plate.
2. Remove the bolts and the drive plate.

1
3 6
5
4
2

49 E011 1A0
acxuuw00000612

Drive Plate Installation Note


1. Remove the sealant from the bolt holes in the crankshaft and from the drive plate mounting bolts.
2. Install the drive plate.
3. Install the backing plate. 05-17
4. Set the SST or equivalent against the drive plate.
5. Tighten the new drive plate mounting bolts in two
or three steps in the order shown.
1
Tightening torque 3 6
108— 116 N·m {11.0— 11.8 kgf·m, 79.7— 85.5 5
ft·lbf}
4
6. Install the transaxle. (See05-17-29 AUTOMATIC 2
TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-EL].) 49 E011 1A0
End Of Sie acxuuw00000613

05-17–53
1871-1U-06B(05-18).fm 1 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時23分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM


05-18 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SELECTOR LEVER COMPONENT
SHIFT MECHANISM INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-18–6
LOCATION INDEX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-18–1 SELECTOR CABLE ADJUSTMENT . . . . 05-18–7
SHIFT-LOCK INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . 05-18–2 SELECTOR LEVER COMPONENT
KEY INTERLOCK INSPECTION. . . . . . . 05-18–2 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 05-18–7
INTERLOCK CABLE INSPECTION . . . . 05-18–2 Selector Cable Removal Note . . . . . . . . 05-18–9
INTERLOCK CABLE ADJUSTMENT . . . 05-18–2 Selector Cable Installation Note . . . . . . 05-18–9
SELECTOR LEVER INSPECTION . . . . . 05-18–6 Interlock Cable Installation Note . . . . . . 05-18–10

End of Toc
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM LOCATION INDEX
WM: AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE

id051800801000

05-18

acxuuw00000399

1 Interlock cable 2 Selector lever


(See05-18-2 KEY INTERLOCK INSPECTION.) (See05-18-2 SHIFT-LOCK INSPECTION.)
(See05-18-2 INTERLOCK CABLE INSPECTION.) (See05-18-6 SELECTOR LEVER INSPECTION.)
(See05-18-2 INTERLOCK CABLE ADJUSTMENT.) (See05-18-6 SELECTOR LEVER COMPONENT
INSPECTION.)
(See05-18-7 SELECTOR LEVER COMPONENT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3 Selector cable
(See05-18-2 INTERLOCK CABLE ADJUSTMENT.)

End Of Sie
WM: SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM

05-18–1
1871-1U-06B(05-18).fm 2 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時23分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM


SHIFT-LOCK INSPECTION
id051800800400
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
2. Verify that the selector lever is in the P position.
3. Verify that the selector lever cannot be shifted from the P position without depressing the brake pedal.
4. Depress the brake pedal and verify that the selector lever cannot be shifted from the P position.
• If there is any malfunction, inspect the interlock cable.
(See 05-18-2 INTERLOCK CABLE INSPECTION.)
End Of Sie
KEY INTERLOCK INSPECTION
WM: KEY INTERLOCK SYSTEM

id051800800100
1. Verify that the ignition key cannot be pulled out except in the P position.
• If there is any malfunction, inspect the interlock cable. (See 05-18-2 INTERLOCK CABLE INSPECTION.)
End Of Sie
INTERLOCK CABLE INSPECTION
id051800800200
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. (Engine off)
2. Remove the clip of the selector lever base plate,
then remove the interlock cable from the U-
groove.
3. Remove the interlock cable from the selector
lever.
INTERLOCK
CABLE

CLIP

acxuuw00000400

4. Verify that the interlock cable moves freely with


the brake pedal depressed.
• If there is any malfunction, inspect the
interlock cable for abnormal winding. If any INTERLOCK CABLE
abnormal winding found, correct it.
• If the malfunction persists after correcting the
interlock cable winding, replace it.
End Of Sie

acxuuw00000401

INTERLOCK CABLE ADJUSTMENT


id051800800300
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. (Engine off)
2. Pull up the lock piece of the interlock cable to
release the lock.
LOCK PIECE

INTERLOCK CABLE
UNLOCK LOCK

acxuuw00000402

05-18–2
1871-1U-06B(05-18).fm 3 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時23分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM


3. Remove the clip of the selector lever base plate,
then remove the interlock cable from the U-
groove.
4. Remove the interlock cable from the selector
lever. INTERLOCK
CABLE

CLIP

acxuuw00000403

5. Remove the lock unit from the bracket.

LOCK UNIT
05-18

BRACKET
acxuuw00000404

6. Verify that the marking on the slider pin is


positioned as shown in the figure.

MARKING SLIDER PIN

acxuuw00000405

7. Push the interlock cable.

INTERLOCK CABLE

acxuuw00000406

05-18–3
1871-1U-06B(05-18).fm 4 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時23分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM


8. Insert the a 1.5mm {0.059 in} round bar or similar
into hole A with the slider pin fully pushed in. LOCK UNIT INTERLOCK
CABLE
C

A B BRAKE SWITCH
SLIDER PIN

acxuuw00000407

9. Fully pull the end of the interlock cable.

INTERLOCK CABLE

acxuuw00000408

10. Push the a 1.5mm {0.059 in} round bar or similar


into hole B and hole C of the lock unit until it LOCK UNIT INTERLOCK
passes through. CABLE
C
11. Disconnect the brake switch connector.
12. Remove the brake switch. (See04-11-6 BRAKE A B BRAKE SWITCH
PEDAL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) SLIDER PIN
13. Install a new brake switch. (See04-11-6 BRAKE
PEDAL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

Caution
• Do not connect the brake switch
connector until the interlock cable
acxuuw00000407
adjustment is completed.

14. Install the lock unit to the bracket. (See05-18-10 Interlock Cable Installation Note.)
15. Rotate the slider pin to release the lock and verify that it slides freely.
16. Verify that the slider pin contacts the brake pedal
stopper rubber and rotate the slider pin to lock.

UNLOCK

LOCK

MARKING SLIDER PIN

acxuuw00000409

05-18–4
1871-1U-06B(05-18).fm 5 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時23分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM


17. Install the interlock cable end to the interlock link
on the selector lever.
18. Fit the interlock cable in the U-groove in the
selector lever base plate and install the clip.
INTERLOCK
CABLE

CLIP

acxuuw00000403

19. Press the interlock cable lock piece in until it is


locked.
LOCK PIECE
Caution
• Applying a load to the interlock cable
while pressing the lock piece in can 05-18
affect the lock unit operation.

INTERLOCK CABLE
UNLOCK LOCK

acxuuw00000410

20. Remove the a 1.5mm {0.059 in} round bar or


similar from the lock unit holes A, B, and C. LOCK UNIT INTERLOCK
21. Connect the brake switch connector with the CABLE
C
brake pedal released.
A B BRAKE SWITCH
Caution SLIDER PIN
• The clearance between the brake switch
and the brake pedal is automatically
adjusted to the correct amount when the
brake switch connector is connected
after the brake switch has been properly
installed. If the brake switch is not
acxuuw00000407
properly installed or the connector is
connected before installation, the
clearance may be incorrect, causing a brake light malfunction. Therefore, always verify that the
brake switch is properly installed before connecting the connector.
• Once the brake switch clearance has automatically been adjusted, it cannot be adjusted again.
Therefore, replace the switch with a new one when replacing the power brake unit or the pedal, or
performing any procedure that changes the pedal stroke.

22. Inspect shift lock operation. (See05-18-2 SHIFT-LOCK INSPECTION.)


End Of Sie
WM: SELECTOR LEVER COMPONENT

05-18–5
1871-1U-06B(05-18).fm 6 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時23分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM


SELECTOR LEVER INSPECTION
id051800800500
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. (engine OFF)
2. With the brake pedal depressed, verify that there
is a “click” at each range when shifted.
3. Verify that the selector lever can be shifted.
4. Verify that there is a “click” at each position when
OPERATION WHEN
shifted from P position to M range. BRAKE PEDAL IS
DEPRESSED

OPERATION WHEN
BRAKE PEDAL IS
RELEASED

acxuuw00000411

5. Verify that the positions of the selector lever and


the indicator are aligned. SELECTOR INDICATOR LIGHT
• If there is any malfunction, adjust the TR
switch. (See05-17-25 TCM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
6. Verify that the vehicle operates in each selected
range.
End Of Sie

acxuuw00000412

SELECTOR LEVER COMPONENT INSPECTION


id051800800600
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the center console.
3. Remove the dashboard completely. (See 09-17-4 DASHBOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Disconnect the selector lever component connector.
5. Inspect for continuity at the selector lever
component.
• If there is any malfunction, adjust the selector
cable. (See 05-18-7 SELECTOR CABLE E C A
ADJUSTMENT.) F D B
: Continuity
Selector lever Connector terminal
position/range A B C D E F
-M
M range center M
+M
acxuuw00002533
Other
D6U518ZW7002

End Of Sie

05-18–6
1871-1U-06B(05-18).fm 7 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時23分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM


SELECTOR CABLE ADJUSTMENT
id051800800700
1. Remove the center console.
2. Shift the selector lever to P position.
3. Unlock the lock piece of the selector cable
(selector lever side) in the order shown in the
figure.
4. Verify that the manual shaft is in P position.

acxuuw00000413

5. Lock the lock piece of the selector cable (selector


lever side) in the order shown in the figure. 05-18
6. Install the center console.
7. Shift the selector lever from P position to M range,
and make sure that there are no other
components in that area to interfere with the lever. 1
End Of Sie
2

acxuuw00000414

SELECTOR LEVER COMPONENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION


id051800800800
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the following parts.
(1) Battery and battery tray
(2) Air cleaner component (See 01-13-5 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
(3) Selector lever knob
(4) Center console
(5) Driver side under panel
(6) Accelerator pedal (See 01-13-17 ACCELERATOR PEDAL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC].)
3. Remove in the order shown in the figure.

05-18–7
1871-1U-06B(05-18).fm 8 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時23分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM


4. Install in the reverse order of removal. .

6.9—9.8 N·m SELECTOR LEVER KNOB


8 {71—99 kgf·cm, 62—86 in·lbf}

5
3

7
4 9
6

A A

16—22 {1.7—2.2, 12—16}

N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}

acxuuw00000415

1 Column cover 6 Clip


2 Clip 7 Clip
3 Indicator panel 8 Selector cable
4 Clip (See05-18-9 Selector Cable Removal Note.)
(See05-18-9 Selector Cable Installation Note.)
5 Interlock cable
(See05-18-10 Interlock Cable Installation Note.) 9 Selector lever component

05-18–8
1871-1U-06B(05-18).fm 9 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時23分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM


Selector Cable Removal Note
1. Remove the clip.
2. Remove the selector cable.
CLIP

TCM SELECTOR
CABLE

MANUAL
SHAFT
LEVER

acxuuw00000416

3. Remove the selector cable from the cable


bracket.
CLIP
05-18
CABLE
BRACKET
SELECTOR
CABLE

acxuuw00002399

Selector Cable Installation Note


1. Install the selector cable and clip to the bracket as
shown in the figure.
CLIP
Note
• Steps 2 and 3 are for the selector cable CABLE
replacement only. SELECTOR
BRACKET
CABLE
2. Verify that the selector lever is in the P position.

acxuuw00002400

3. Lock the lock piece of the selector cable (selector


lever side) in the order shown in the figure.

acxuuw00000419

05-18–9
1871-1U-06B(05-18).fm 10 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時23分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM


4. Verify that the manual shaft is in the P position.

Caution
• Bending the selector cable in the manner DO NOT BEND
shown in the figure will damage the cable
and it may become loose when shifted.
When installing the selector cable, hold it
straight.

acxuuw00000432
5. Install the clip as shown in the figure.

CLIP

acxuuw00000433

Note CLIP
• Install the selector lever to the manual shaft UPWARD
lever with the clip side of the selector cable
end facing up.

6. Install the selector lever to the manual shaft lever


so that no load acts on the selector cable.
7. Confirm that the tip of the manual shaft lever
SELECTOR CABLE
projects out of the end of the selector cable.
8. Securely install the selector cable to the selector
MANUAL SHAFT LEVER
cable bracket.
acxuuw00000422

Interlock Cable Installation Note


1. Push the interlock cable.

INTERLOCK CABLE

acxuuw00000423
2. Verify that the marking on the slider pin is
positioned as shown in the figure.

LOCK UNIT

BRACKET
acxuuw00000424

05-18–10
1871-1U-06B(05-18).fm 11 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時23分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM


3. Push the a 1.5mm {0.059 in} round bar or similar
into hole A by fully pushing the slider pin in. LOCK UNIT INTERLOCK
CABLE
C

A B BRAKE SWITCH
SLIDER PIN

acxuuw00000425
4. Fully pull the end of the interlock cable.

INTERLOCK CABLE

05-18

acxuuw00000426
5. Push the a 1.5mm {0.059 in} round bar or similar
into hole B and hole C of the lock unit until it LOCK UNIT INTERLOCK
passes through. CABLE
C
6. Disconnect the brake switch connector.
7. Remove the brake switch. (See 04-11-6 BRAKE A B BRAKE SWITCH
PEDAL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) SLIDER PIN
8. Install a new brake switch. (See 04-11-6 BRAKE
PEDAL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

Caution
• Do not connect the brake switch
connector until the interlock cable is
acxuuw00000425
installed.

9. With the slider pin pressed, slide the lock unit to


SLIDER PIN
fix the lock unit hook into the bracket hole
securely as shown in the figure.

Caution
• Allowing the interlock cable to be bent or BRACKET
twisted during installation can affect the
lock unit operation.
LOCK UNIT
10. Rotate the slider pin to release the lock and verify
that it slides freely.
acxuuw00000427
11. Pull the slider pin outward until it contacts the
brake pedal stopper rubber and rotate the slider
pin to lock.
12. Verify that the selector lever in the P position. UNLOCK

LOCK

MARKING SLIDER PIN

acxuuw00000428

05-18–11
1871-1U-06B(05-18).fm 12 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時23分

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM


13. Install the interlock cable end to the cam pin on
the selector lever.
14. Fit the interlock cable in the U–groove in the
selector lever base plate and install the clip.
INTERLOCK
CABLE

CLIP

acxuuw00000429

15. Press the interlock cable lock piece in until it is


locked.
LOCK PIECE
Caution
• Applying a load to the interlock cable
while pressing the lock piece in can
affect the lock unit operation.

INTERLOCK CABLE
UNLOCK LOCK

acxuuw00000430

16. Remove the a 1.5mm {0.059 in} round bar or


similar from the lock unit holes A, B, and C. LOCK UNIT INTERLOCK
17. Connect the brake switch connector with the CABLE
C
brake pedal released.
A B BRAKE SWITCH
Caution SLIDER PIN
• The clearance between the brake switch
and the brake pedal is automatically
adjusted to the correct amount when the
brake switch connector is connected
after the brake switch has been properly
installed. If the brake switch is not
acxuuw00000425
properly installed or the connector is
connected before installation, the
clearance may be incorrect, causing a brake light malfunction. Therefore, always verify that the
brake switch is properly installed before connecting the connector.
• Once the brake switch clearance has automatically been adjusted, it cannot be adjusted again.
Therefore, replace the switch with a new one when replacing the power brake unit or the pedal, or
performing any procedure that changes the pedal stroke.

18. Turn the ignition switch to ON position.


19. Install the interlock cable to the steering lock.
20. Slide the outer casing to the steering lock and
insert the clip over the convex part of the outer
casing.
End Of Sie

CONVEX PART

CLIP

acxuuw00001380

05-18–12
1871-1U-06B(05-50).fm 1 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時24分

TECHNICAL DATA
05-50 TECHNICAL DATA
TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE
TECHNICAL DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-50–1

End of Toc
TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE TECHNICAL DATA
WM: TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE

id055000800100

Item Specification
N position → D range: 1.5 s or less
Average time lag
N position → R position: 1.5 s or less
Type: JWS3309
ATF
Capacity (Approx. quantity): 7.0 L {7.4 US qt, 6.2 lmp qt}
Distance A ((between the end of the torque converter
31.4 mm {1.24 in}
and the end of the converter housing))

Line pressure 05-50


Position/range Line pressure (kPa {kgf/cm2, psi})
D, M Idle 350—410 {3.6—4.1, 51—59}
R Idle 580—670 {6.0—6.8, 85—97}

Engine stall speed


Position/range Engine stall speed (rpm)
D, M
2,800
R

Transaxle fluid temperature (TFT) sensor


ATF temperature (°C {°F}) Resistance (kilohm)
10 {50} 5.62—7.31
25 {77} Approx. 3.5
110 {230} 0.22—0.27

Input/turbine speed sensor


Signal Current (mA)
High 12.0—16.0
Low 4.0—8.0

VSS
Signal Current (mA)
High 12.0—16.0
Low 4.0—8.0

Solenoid valve resistance (ATF temperature: 20 C {68 F})


Terminal Solenoid valve Resistance (ohm)
B5—GND Shift solenoid A 11—15
B2—GND Shift solenoid B 11—15
B11—B10 Shift solenoid C 5.0—5.6
B17—B18 Shift solenoid D 5.0—5.6
B14—B22 Shift solenoid E 5.0—5.6
B21—B16 Shift solenoid F 5.0—5.6
B9—B4 TCC control solenoid 5.0—5.6
B3—B1 Line pressure control solenoid 5.0—5.6

End Of Sie

05-50–1
1871-1U-06B(05-60).fm 1 ページ 2006年3月15日 水曜日 午前11時24分

SERVICE TOOLS
05-60 SERVICE TOOLS
TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE SST. . . . 05-60–1

End of Toc
TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE SST
AT: TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE

id056000500100
1: Mazda SST number
2: Global SST number
Example
1:49 UN30 3009
2:303-009

Crankshaft
damper
remover

05-60

1:49 0378 400C 1:49 B019 901B 1:49 HD64


2: – 2: – 406A
2: –
Oil pressure Oil pressure
gauge set gauge Adapter

1:49 C017 5A0* 1:49 H028 202 1:49 F027 009


2: – 2: – 2: –

Engine support Block L Attachment for


68&77 (Part of
49 F027 0A1)

1:49 L033 101 1:49 U027 003 1:49 F026 102


2: – 2: – 2: –

Oil seal installer Oil seal installer Bearing


replacer

1:49 G030 797 1:49 E011 1A0


2: – 2: –

Handle Ring gear brake


set –

* : The SST (49 E017 5A0) can be used in place of the SST (49 C017 5A0).

End Of Sie

05-60–1

You might also like